Change PSCHED_SHIFT from 10 to 6 to increase schedulers time
resolution. This will increase 16x a number of (internal) ticks per
nanosecond, and is needed to improve accuracy of schedulers based on
rate tables, like HTB, TBF or CBQ, with rates above 100Mbit. It is
assumed this change is safe for 32bit accounting of time diffs up
to 2 minutes, which should be enough for common use (extremely low
rate values may overflow, so get inaccurate instead). To make full
use of this change an updated iproute2 will be needed. (But using
older iproute2 should be safe too.)
This change breaks ticks - microseconds similarity, so some minor code
fixes might be needed. It is also planned to change naming adequately
eg. to PSCHED_TICKS2NS() etc. in the near future.
Reported-by: Antonio Almeida <vexwek@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Antonio Almeida <vexwek@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use PSCHED_SHIFT constant instead of '10' in PSCHED_US2NS() and
PSCHED_NS2US() macros to enable changing this value later.
Additionally use PSCHED_SHIFT in sch_hfsc SM_SHIFT and ISM_SHIFT
definitions. This part of the patch is based on feedback from
Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>.
Reported-by: Antonio Almeida <vexwek@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Antonio Almeida <vexwek@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Furthermore, it twiddles with the details of SKB list handling
directly, which we're trying to eliminate.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current conntrack code kills the ICMP conntrack entry as soon as
the first reply is received. This is incorrect, as we then see only
the first ICMP echo reply out of several possible duplicates as
ESTABLISHED, while the rest will be INVALID. Also this unnecessarily
increases the conntrackd traffic on H-A firewalls.
Make all the ICMP conntrack entries (including the replied ones)
last for the default of nf_conntrack_icmp{,v6}_timeout seconds.
Signed-off-by: Jan "Yenya" Kasprzak <kas@fi.muni.cz>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
With the re-write of the RFKILL subsystem it is now possible to easily
integrate RFKILL soft-switch support into the Bluetooth subsystem. All
Bluetooth devices will now get automatically RFKILL support.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Bluetooth source uses some endian conversion helpers, that in the end
translate to kernel standard routines. So remove this obfuscation since it
is fully pointless.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This adds the basic constants required to add support for L2CAP Enhanced
Retransmission feature.
Based on a patch from Nathan Holstein <nathan@lampreynetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Using the L2CAP_CONF_HINT macro is easier to understand than using a
hardcoded 0x80 value.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Use macros instead of hardcoded numbers to make the L2CAP source code
more readable.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To be easier on drivers and users, have cfg80211 register an
rfkill structure that drivers can access. When soft-killed,
simply take down all interfaces; when hard-killed the driver
needs to notify us and we will take down the interfaces
after the fact. While rfkilled, interfaces cannot be set UP.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch introduces new cfg80211 API to set the TX power
via cfg80211, puts the wext code into cfg80211 and updates
mac80211 to use all that. The -ENETDOWN bits are a hack but
will go away soon.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch completely rewrites the rfkill core to address
the following deficiencies:
* all rfkill drivers need to implement polling where necessary
rather than having one central implementation
* updating the rfkill state cannot be done from arbitrary
contexts, forcing drivers to use schedule_work and requiring
lots of code
* rfkill drivers need to keep track of soft/hard blocked
internally -- the core should do this
* the rfkill API has many unexpected quirks, for example being
asymmetric wrt. alloc/free and register/unregister
* rfkill can call back into a driver from within a function the
driver called -- this is prone to deadlocks and generally
should be avoided
* rfkill-input pointlessly is a separate module
* drivers need to #ifdef rfkill functions (unless they want to
depend on or select RFKILL) -- rfkill should provide inlines
that do nothing if it isn't compiled in
* the rfkill structure is not opaque -- drivers need to initialise
it correctly (lots of sanity checking code required) -- instead
force drivers to pass the right variables to rfkill_alloc()
* the documentation is hard to read because it always assumes the
reader is completely clueless and contains way TOO MANY CAPS
* the rfkill code needlessly uses a lot of locks and atomic
operations in locked sections
* fix LED trigger to actually change the LED when the radio state
changes -- this wasn't done before
Tested-by: Alan Jenkins <alan-jenkins@tuffmail.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <hmh@hmh.eng.br> [thinkpad]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Ivo has updated the driver to no longer use the change flag,
so we can remove that, but rt2x00 and ath5k still use the
actual value so let's mark it as deprecated too.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Prior implementation of the new sctp_connectx() call that returns
an association ID did not work correctly on non-blocking socket.
This is because we could not return both a EINPROGRESS error and
an association id. This is a new implementation that supports this.
Originally from Ivan Skytte Jørgensen <isj-sctp@i1.dk
Signed-off-by: Ivan Skytte Jørgensen <isj-sctp@i1.dk
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
RFC 5061 Section 5.1 ASCONF Chunk Procedures said:
B4) Re-transmit the ASCONF Chunk last sent and if possible choose an
alternate destination address (please refer to [RFC4960],
Section 6.4.1). An endpoint MUST NOT add new parameters to this
chunk; it MUST be the same (including its Sequence Number) as
the last ASCONF sent. An endpoint MAY, however, bundle an
additional ASCONF with new ASCONF parameters with the next
Sequence Number. For details, see Section 5.5.
This patch fix to choose an alternate destination address when
re-transmit the ASCONF chunk, with some dup codes cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Define three accessors to get/set dst attached to a skb
struct dst_entry *skb_dst(const struct sk_buff *skb)
void skb_dst_set(struct sk_buff *skb, struct dst_entry *dst)
void skb_dst_drop(struct sk_buff *skb)
This one should replace occurrences of :
dst_release(skb->dst)
skb->dst = NULL;
Delete skb->dst field
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define skb_rtable(const struct sk_buff *skb) accessor to get rtable from skb
Delete skb->rtable field
Setting rtable is not allowed, just set dst instead as rtable is an alias.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the notify chain infrastructure and replace it
by a simple function pointer. This issue has been mentioned in the
mailing list several times: the use of the notify chain adds
too much overhead for something that is only used by ctnetlink.
This patch also changes nfnetlink_send(). It seems that gfp_any()
returns GFP_KERNEL for user-context request, like those via
ctnetlink, inside the RCU read-side section which is not valid.
Using GFP_KERNEL is also evil since netlink may schedule(),
this leads to "scheduling while atomic" bug reports.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch simplifies the conntrack event caching system by removing
several events:
* IPCT_[*]_VOLATILE, IPCT_HELPINFO and IPCT_NATINFO has been deleted
since the have no clients.
* IPCT_COUNTER_FILLING which is a leftover of the 32-bits counter
days.
* IPCT_REFRESH which is not of any use since we always include the
timeout in the messages.
After this patch, the existing events are:
* IPCT_NEW, IPCT_RELATED and IPCT_DESTROY, that are used to identify
addition and deletion of entries.
* IPCT_STATUS, that notes that the status bits have changes,
eg. IPS_SEEN_REPLY and IPS_ASSURED.
* IPCT_PROTOINFO, that reports that internal protocol information has
changed, eg. the TCP, DCCP and SCTP protocol state.
* IPCT_HELPER, that a helper has been assigned or unassigned to this
entry.
* IPCT_MARK and IPCT_SECMARK, that reports that the mark has changed, this
covers the case when a mark is set to zero.
* IPCT_NATSEQADJ, to report that there's updates in the NAT sequence
adjustment.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch moves the event flags from linux/netfilter/nf_conntrack_common.h
to net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h. This flags are not of any use
from userspace.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
During the module removal there are no possible event listeners
since ctnetlink must be removed before to allow removing
nf_conntrack. This patch removes the event reporting for the
module removal case which is not of any use in the existing code.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
After some discussion offline with Christoph Lameter and David Stevens
regarding multicast behaviour in Linux, I'm submitting a slightly
modified patch from the one Christoph submitted earlier.
This patch provides a new socket option IP_MULTICAST_ALL.
In this case, default behaviour is _unchanged_ from the current
Linux standard. The socket option is set by default to provide
original behaviour. Sockets wishing to receive data only from
multicast groups they join explicitly will need to clear this
socket option.
Signed-off-by: Nivedita Singhvi <niv@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter<cl@linux.com>
Acked-by: David Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds CTA_PROTOINFO_DCCP_HANDSHAKE_SEQ that exposes
the u64 handshake sequence number to user-space.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The patch moves some utility functions from mac80211 to cfg80211.
Because these functions are doing generic 802.11 operations so they
are not mac80211 specific. The moving allows some fullmac drivers
to be also benefit from these utility functions.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This introduces genl_register_family_with_ops() that registers a genetlink
family along with operations from a table. This is used to kill copy'n'paste
occurrences in following patches.
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netlink message header (struct nlmsghdr) is an unused parameter in
fill method of fib_rules_ops struct. This patch removes this
parameter from this method and fixes the places where this method is
called.
(include/net/fib_rules.h)
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moving information from config_interface to bss_info_changed
removed struct ieee80211_if_conf which the documentation still
refers to, additionally there's one kernel-doc description too
much and one other missing, fix all this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some applications using wireless extensions expect to be able to
remove a key that doesn't exist. One example is wpa_supplicant
which doesn't actually change behaviour when running into an
error while trying to do that, but it prints an error message
which users interpret as wpa_supplicant having problems.
The safe thing to do is not change the behaviour of wireless
extensions any more, so when the driver reports -ENOENT let
the wext bridge code return success to userspace. To guarantee
this, also document that drivers should return -ENOENT when the
key doesn't exist.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows drivers to use a const pointer as the privid without a cast.
Signed-off-by: David Kilroy <kilroyd@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows drivers to mark their cfg80211_ops tables const.
Signed-off-by: David Kilroy <kilroyd@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is more consistent with our nl80211 naming convention
for HT40-/+.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We are not correctly listening to the regulatory max bandwidth
settings. To actually make use of it we need to redesign things
a bit. This patch does the work for that. We do this to so we
can obey to regulatory rules accordingly for use of HT40.
We end up dealing with HT40 by having two passes for each channel.
The first check will see if a 20 MHz channel fits into the channel's
center freq on a given frequency range. We check for a 20 MHz
banwidth channel as that is the maximum an individual channel
will use, at least for now. The first pass will go ahead and
check if the regulatory rule for that given center of frequency
allows 40 MHz bandwidths and we use this to determine whether
or not the channel supports HT40 or not. So to support HT40 you'll
need at a regulatory rule that allows you to use 40 MHz channels
but you're channel must also be enabled and support 20 MHz by itself.
The second pass is done after we do the regulatory checks over
an device's supported channel list. On each channel we'll check
if the control channel and the extension both:
o exist
o are enabled
o regulatory allows 40 MHz bandwidth on its frequency range
This work allows allows us to idependently check for HT40- and
HT40+.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
be sent periodically. The rs_delay can be speficied when adding the
PRL entry and defaults to 15 minutes.
The RS is sent from every link local adress that's assigned to the
tunnel interface. It's directed to the (guessed) linklocal address
of the router and is sent through the tunnel.
Better: send to ff02::2 encapsuled in unicast directed to router-v4.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hlusiak <contact@saschahlusiak.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT flag for NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE to
allow user space to indicate that it will control the IEEE 802.1X port
in station mode. Previously, mac80211 was always marking the port
authorized in station mode. This was enough when drop_unencrypted flag
was set. However, drop_unencrypted can currently be controlled only
with WEXT and the current nl80211 design does not allow fully secure
configuration. Fix this by providing a mechanism for user space to
control the IEEE 802.1X port in station mode (i.e., do the same that
we are already doing in AP mode).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It is currently not possible to modify station flags, but that
capability would be very useful. This patch introduces a new
nl80211 attribute that contains a set/mask for station flags,
and updates the internal API (and mac80211) to mirror that.
The new attribute is parsed before falling back to the old so
that userspace can specify both (if it can) to work on all
kernels.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Move key handling wireless extension ioctls from mac80211 to cfg80211
so that all drivers that implement the cfg80211 operations get wext
compatibility.
Note that this drops the SIOCGIWENCODE ioctl support for getting
IW_ENCODE_RESTRICTED/IW_ENCODE_OPEN. This means that iwconfig will
no longer report "Security mode:open" or "Security mode:restricted"
for mac80211. However, what we displayed there (the authentication
algo used) was actually wrong -- linux/wireless.h states that this
setting is meant to differentiate between "Refuse non-encoded packets"
and "Accept non-encoded packets".
(Combined with "cfg80211: fix a couple of bugs with key ioctls". -- JWL)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To make it more apparent in the code what is for wext
only (and needs to be #ifdef'ed) put all the info for
wext into a substruct in each wireless_dev.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The address pointed to by mac_addr can be marked as const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This struct is no longer used (and hasn't been for a while).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There really is no need to have a separate struct for a
single variable. The fact that it exists is due to the
code legacy, but we can remove that now. Very simple.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE request must be able to indicate whether
management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is being used. mac80211 was
able to use MFP in client mode only with WEXT, but the new
NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP attribute will allow this to be done with
nl80211, too.
Since we are currently using nl80211 for MFP only with drivers that
use user space SME, only MFP disabled and required values are
used. However, the NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP attribute is an enum that can
be extended with MFP optional in the future, if that is needed with
some drivers (e.g., if the RSN IE is generated by the driver).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We can avoid waking up tasks not interested in receive notifications,
using wake_up_interruptible_poll() instead of wake_up_interruptible()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Small cleanup patch to reduce line lengths, before a change in
tcp_prequeue().
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we aren't doing anything in mac80211, we can turn off
much of the hardware, depending on the driver/hw. Not doing
anything, aka being idle, means:
* no monitor interfaces
* no AP/mesh/wds interfaces
* any station interfaces are in DISABLED state
* any IBSS interfaces aren't trying to be in a network
* we aren't trying to scan
By creating a new function that verifies these conditions and calling
it at strategic points where the states of those conditions change,
we can easily make mac80211 tell the driver when we are idle to save
power.
Additionally, this fixes a small quirk where a recalculated powersave
state is passed to the driver even if the hardware is about to stopped
completely.
This patch intentionally doesn't touch radio_enabled because that is
currently implemented to be a soft rfkill which is inappropriate here
when we need to be able to wake up with low latency.
One thing I'm not entirely sure about is this:
phy0: device no longer idle - in use
wlan0: direct probe to AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d try 1
wlan0 direct probe responded
wlan0: authenticate with AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d
wlan0: authenticated
> phy0: device now idle
> phy0: device no longer idle - in use
wlan0: associate with AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d
wlan0: RX AssocResp from 00:11:24:91:07:4d (capab=0x401 status=0 aid=1)
wlan0: associated
Is it appropriate to go into idle state for a short time when we have
just authenticated, but not associated yet? This happens only with the
userspace SME, because we cannot really know how long it will wait
before asking us to associate. Would going idle after a short timeout
be more appropriate? We may need to revisit this, depending on what
happens.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The config_interface method is a little strange, it contains the
BSSID and beacon updates, while bss_info_changed contains most
other BSS information for each interface. This patch removes
config_interface and rolls all the information it previously
passed to drivers into bss_info_changed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We currently have two beacon interval configuration knobs:
hw.conf.beacon_int and vif.bss_info.beacon_int. This is
rather confusing, even though the former is used when we
beacon ourselves and the latter when we are associated to
an AP.
This just deprecates the hw.conf.beacon_int setting in favour
of always using vif.bss_info.beacon_int. Since it touches all
the beaconing IBSS code anyway, we can also add support for
the cfg80211 IBSS beacon interval configuration easily.
NOTE: The hw.conf.beacon_int setting is retained for now due
to drivers still using it -- I couldn't untangle all
drivers, some are updated in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Kalle points out that max_sleep_interval is somewhat confusing
because the value is measured in beacon intervals, and not in
TU. Rename it to max_sleep_period to be consistent with things
like DTIM period that are also measured in beacon intervals.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (30 commits)
e1000: fix virtualization bug
bonding: fix alb mode locking regression
Bluetooth: Fix issue with sysfs handling for connections
usbnet: CDC EEM support (v5)
tcp: Fix tcp_prequeue() to get correct rto_min value
ehea: fix invalid pointer access
ne2k-pci: Do not register device until initialized.
Subject: [PATCH] br2684: restore net_dev initialization
net: Only store high 16 bits of kernel generated filter priorities
virtio_net: Fix function name typo
virtio_net: Cleanup command queue scatterlist usage
bonding: correct the cleanup in bond_create()
virtio: add missing include to virtio_net.h
smsc95xx: add support for LAN9512 and LAN9514
smsc95xx: configure LED outputs
netconsole: take care of NETDEV_UNREGISTER event
xt_socket: checks for the state of nf_conntrack
bonding: bond_slave_info_query() fix
cxgb3: fixing gcc 4.4 compiler warning: suggest parentheses around operand of ‘!’
netfilter: use likely() in xt_info_rdlock_bh()
...
Due to a semantic changes in flush_workqueue() the current approach of
synchronizing the sysfs handling for connections doesn't work anymore. The
whole approach is actually fully broken and based on assumptions that are
no longer valid.
With the introduction of Simple Pairing support, the creation of low-level
ACL links got changed. This change invalidates the reason why in the past
two independent work queues have been used for adding/removing sysfs
devices. The adding of the actual sysfs device is now postponed until the
host controller successfully assigns an unique handle to that link. So
the real synchronization happens inside the controller and not the host.
The only left-over problem is that some internals of the sysfs device
handling are not initialized ahead of time. This leaves potential access
to invalid data and can cause various NULL pointer dereferences. To fix
this a new function makes sure that all sysfs details are initialized
when an connection attempt is made. The actual sysfs device is only
registered when the connection has been successfully established. To
avoid a race condition with the registration, the check if a device is
registered has been moved into the removal work.
As an extra protection two flush_work() calls are left in place to
make sure a previous add/del work has been completed first.
Based on a report by Marc Pignat <marc.pignat@hevs.ch>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Tested-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Roger Quadros <ext-roger.quadros@nokia.com>
Tested-by: Marc Pignat <marc.pignat@hevs.ch>
tcp_prequeue() refers to the constant value (TCP_RTO_MIN) regardless of
the actual value might be tuned. The following patches fix this and make
tcp_prequeue get the actual value returns from tcp_rto_min().
Signed-off-by: Satoru SATOH <satoru.satoh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Bluetooth stack uses a reference counting for all established ACL
links and if no user (L2CAP connection) is present, the link will be
terminated to save power. The problem part is the dedicated pairing
when using Legacy Pairing (Bluetooth 2.0 and before). At that point
no user is present and pairing attempts will be disconnected within
10 seconds or less. In previous kernel version this was not a problem
since the disconnect timeout wasn't triggered on incoming connections
for the first time. However this caused issues with broken host stacks
that kept the connections around after dedicated pairing. When the
support for Simple Pairing got added, the link establishment procedure
needed to be changed and now causes issues when using Legacy Pairing
When using Simple Pairing it is possible to do a proper reference
counting of ACL link users. With Legacy Pairing this is not possible
since the specification is unclear in some areas and too many broken
Bluetooth devices have already been deployed. So instead of trying to
deal with all the broken devices, a special pairing timeout will be
introduced that increases the timeout to 60 seconds when pairing is
triggered.
If a broken devices now puts the stack into an unforeseen state, the
worst that happens is the disconnect timeout triggers after 120 seconds
instead of 4 seconds. This allows successful pairings with legacy and
broken devices now.
Based on a report by Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The IP MIB (RFC 4293) defines stats for InOctets, OutOctets, InMcastOctets and
OutMcastOctets:
http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4293
But it seems we don't track those in any way that easy to separate from other
protocols. This patch adds those missing counters to the stats file. Tested
successfully by me
With help from Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes an unused parameter (tb_stamp) from fib_table
structure in include/net/ip_fib.h.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SO_MSGLIMIT socket option modifies the message limit for new
IUCV communication paths.
The message limit specifies the maximum number of outstanding messages
that are allowed for connections. This setting can be lowered by z/VM
when an IUCV connection is established.
Expects an integer value in the range of 1 to 65535.
The default value is 65535.
The message limit must be set before calling connect() or listen()
for sockets.
If sockets are already connected or in state listen, changing the message
limit is not supported.
For reading the message limit value, unconnected sockets return the limit
that has been set or the default limit. For connected sockets, the actual
message limit is returned. The actual message limit is assigned by z/VM
for each connection and it depends on IUCV MSGLIMIT authorizations
specified for the z/VM guest virtual machine.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow 'classification' of socket data that is sent or received over
an af_iucv socket. For classification of data, the target class of an
(native) iucv message is used.
This patch provides the cmsg interface for iucv_sock_recvmsg() and
iucv_sock_sendmsg(). Applications can use the msg_control field of
struct msghdr to set or get the target class as a
"socket control message" (SCM/CMSG).
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide the socket operations getsocktopt() and setsockopt() to enable/disable
sending of data in the parameter list of IUCV messages.
The patch sets respective flag only.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SME needs to be notified when the authentication or association
attempt times out and MLME has stopped processing in order to allow
the SME to decide what to do next.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The maximum sleep interval, for powersave purposes, is
determined by the DTIM period (it may not be larger)
and the required networking latency (it must be small
enough to fulfil those constraints).
This makes mac80211 calculate the maximum sleep interval
based on those constraints, and pass it to the driver.
Then the driver should instruct the device to sleep at
most that long.
Note that the device is responsible for aligning the
maximum sleep interval between DTIMs, we make sure it's
not longer but it needs to make sure it's between them.
Also, group some powersave documentation together and
make it more explicit that we support managed mode only,
and no IBSS powersaving (yet).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Make the JOIN_IBSS command look at the beacon interval
attribute to see if the user requested a specific beacon
interval, if not default to 100 TU (wext too).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Just setting IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS should be sufficient
for changes in the power saving things. The driver already
tells us whether it wants notification of dynps via the
"have dynps support" hw flag.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add new nl80211 attributes that can be used with NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY
and NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY to manage fragmentation/RTS threshold and
retry limits.
Since these values are stored in struct wiphy, remove the local copy
from mac80211 where feasible (frag & rts threshold). The retry limits
are currently needed in struct ieee80211_conf, but these could be
eventually removed since the driver should have access to the values
in struct wiphy.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Trying to separate header files into net/wireless.h and
net/cfg80211.h has been a source of confusion. Remove
net/wireless.h (because there also is the linux/wireless.h)
and subsume everything into net/cfg80211.h -- except the
definitions for regulatory structures which get moved to
a new header net/regulatory.h.
The "new" net/cfg80211.h is now divided into sections.
There are no real changes in this patch but code shuffling
and some very minor documentation fixes.
I have also, to make things reflect reality, put in a
copyright line for Luis to net/regulatory.h since that
is probably exclusively written by him but was formerly
in a file that only had my copyright line.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds IBSS API along with (preliminary) wext handlers.
The wext handlers can only do IBSS so you need to call them
from your own wext handlers if the mode is IBSS.
The nl80211 API requires
* an SSID
* a channel (frequency) for the case that a new IBSS
has to be created
It optionally supports
* a flag to fix the channel
* a fixed BSSID
The cfg80211 code also takes care to leave the IBSS before
the netdev is set down. If wireless extensions are used, it
also caches values when the interface is down and instructs
the driver to join when the interface is set up.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we have ->deauth and ->disassoc we can support the
wext SIWMLME call directly without driver wext handlers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Document what mac80211 will do in the future to help save power.
We're not quite there yet, but a plan helps. Also, while at it,
fix the docs wrt. multicast traffic.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some hardware defects may require the hardware to be re-initialised
completely from scratch. Drivers would need much information (for
instance the current MAC address, crypto keys, beaconing information,
etc.) stored duplicated from mac80211 to be able to do this, so let
mac80211 help them.
The new ieee80211_restart_hw() function requires the same code as
resuming, so move that code into a new ieee80211_reconfig() function
in util.c and leave only the suspend code in pm.c.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds the necessary code and fields to let drivers specify
their cipher capabilities and exports them to userspace. Also
update mac80211 to export the ciphers it has.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of just passing the cfg80211-requested IEs, pass
the locally generated ones as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch introduces a new attribute for a wiphy that tells
userspace how long the information elements added to a probe
request frame can be at most. It also updates the at76 to
advertise that it cannot support that, and, for now until I
can fix that, iwlwifi too.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Added cfg80211_inform_bss() for full-mac devices to use.
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Define a new nl80211 event, NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, to be
used to notify user space about locally detected Michael MIC failures.
This matches with the MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive.
Since we do not actually have TSC in the skb anymore when
mac80211_ev_michael_mic_failure() is called, that function is changed
to take in the TSC as an optional parameter instead of as a
requirement to include the TSC after the hdr field (which we did not
really follow). For now, TSC is not included in the events from
mac80211, but it could be added at some point.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Previously, nl80211 mlme events were generated only for received
deauthentication and disassociation frames. We need to do the same for
locally generated ones in order to let applications know that we
disconnected (e.g., when AP does not reply to a probe). Rename the
nl80211 and cfg80211 functions (s/rx_//) to make it clearer that they
are used for both received and locally generated frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Remove duplicated #include in include/net/cfg80211.h.
Signed-off-by: Huang Weiyi <weiyi.huang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
last_synq_overflow eats 4 or 8 bytes in struct tcp_sock, even
though it is only used when a listening sockets syn queue
is full.
We can (ab)use rx_opt.ts_recent_stamp to store the same information;
it is not used otherwise as long as a socket is in listen state.
Move linger2 around to avoid splitting struct mtu_probe
across cacheline boundary on 32 bit arches.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The removal of the SAME target accidentally removed one feature that is
not available from the normal NAT targets so far, having multi-range
mappings that use the same mapping for each connection from a single
client. The current behaviour is to choose the address from the range
based on source and destination IP, which breaks when communicating
with sites having multiple addresses that require all connections to
originate from the same IP address.
Introduce a IP_NAT_RANGE_PERSISTENT option that controls whether the
destination address is taken into account for selecting addresses.
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12954
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch fixes a regression (introduced by myself in commit 19abb7b:
netfilter: ctnetlink: deliver events for conntracks changed from
userspace) that results in an expectation re-insertion since
__nf_ct_expect_check() may return 0 for expectation timer refreshing.
This patch also removes a unnecessary refcount bump that
pretended to avoid a possible race condition with event delivery
and expectation timers (as said, not needed since we hold a
reference to the object since until we finish the expectation
setup). This also merges nf_ct_expect_related_report() and
nf_ct_expect_related() which look basically the same.
Reported-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Currently the 9p code crashes when a operation is interrupted, i.e. for
example when the user presses ^C while reading from a file.
This patch fixes the code that is responsible for interruption and flushing
of 9P operations.
Signed-off-by: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (54 commits)
glge: remove unused #include <version.h>
dnet: remove unused #include <version.h>
tcp: miscounts due to tcp_fragment pcount reset
tcp: add helper for counter tweaking due mid-wq change
hso: fix for the 'invalid frame length' messages
hso: fix for crash when unplugging the device
fsl_pq_mdio: Fix compile failure
fsl_pq_mdio: Revive UCC MDIO support
ucc_geth: Pass proper device to DMA routines, otherwise oops happens
i.MX31: Fixing cs89x0 network building to i.MX31ADS
tc35815: Fix build error if NAPI enabled
hso: add Vendor/Product ID's for new devices
ucc_geth: Remove unused header
gianfar: Remove unused header
kaweth: Fix locking to be SMP-safe
net: allow multiple dev per napi with GRO
r8169: reset IntrStatus after chip reset
ixgbe: Fix potential memory leak/driver panic issue while setting up Tx & Rx ring parameters
ixgbe: fix ethtool -A|a behavior
ixgbe: Patch to fix driver panic while freeing up tx & rx resources
...
We need full-scale adjustment to fix a TCP miscount in the next
patch, so just move it into a helper and call for that from the
other places.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleans up a lot of the Smack network access control code. The
largest changes are to fix the labeling of incoming TCP connections in a
manner similar to the recent SELinux changes which use the
security_inet_conn_request() hook to label the request_sock and let the label
move to the child socket via the normal network stack mechanisms. In addition
to the incoming TCP connection fixes this patch also removes the smk_labled
field from the socket_smack struct as the minor optimization advantage was
outweighed by the difficulty in maintaining it's proper state.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
The current NetLabel/SELinux behavior for incoming TCP connections works but
only through a series of happy coincidences that rely on the limited nature of
standard CIPSO (only able to convey MLS attributes) and the write equality
imposed by the SELinux MLS constraints. The problem is that network sockets
created as the result of an incoming TCP connection were not on-the-wire
labeled based on the security attributes of the parent socket but rather based
on the wire label of the remote peer. The issue had to do with how IP options
were managed as part of the network stack and where the LSM hooks were in
relation to the code which set the IP options on these newly created child
sockets. While NetLabel/SELinux did correctly set the socket's on-the-wire
label it was promptly cleared by the network stack and reset based on the IP
options of the remote peer.
This patch, in conjunction with a prior patch that adjusted the LSM hook
locations, works to set the correct on-the-wire label format for new incoming
connections through the security_inet_conn_request() hook. Besides the
correct behavior there are many advantages to this change, the most significant
is that all of the NetLabel socket labeling code in SELinux now lives in hooks
which can return error codes to the core stack which allows us to finally get
ride of the selinux_netlbl_inode_permission() logic which greatly simplfies
the NetLabel/SELinux glue code. In the process of developing this patch I
also ran into a small handful of AF_INET6 cleanliness issues that have been
fixed which should make the code safer and easier to extend in the future.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This patch removes all the virtual A-MPDU-queue bookkeeping from
mac80211. Curiously, iwlwifi already does its own bookkeeping, so
it doesn't require much changes except where it needs to handle
starting and stopping the queues in mac80211.
To handle the queue stop/wake properly, we rewrite the software
queue number for aggregation frames and internally to iwlwifi keep
track of the queues that map into the same AC queue, and only talk
to mac80211 about the AC queue. The implementation requires calling
two new functions, iwl_stop_queue and iwl_wake_queue instead of the
mac80211 counterparts.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Reinette Chattre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of stopping the entire AC queue when enabling aggregation
(which was only done for hardware with aggregation queues) buffer
the packets for each station, and release them to the pending skb
queue once aggregation is turned on successfully.
We get a little more code, but it becomes conceptually simpler and
we can remove the entire virtual queue mechanism from mac80211 in
a follow-up patch.
This changes how mac80211 behaves towards drivers that support
aggregation but have no hardware queues -- those drivers will now
not be handed packets while the aggregation session is being
established, but only after it has been fully established.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When TX aggregation becomes operational, we do a number of steps:
1) print a debug message
2) wake the virtual queue
3) notify the driver
Unfortunately, 1) and 3) are only done if the driver is first to
reply to the aggregation request, it is, however, possible that the
remote station replies before the driver! Thus, unify the code for
this and call the new function ieee80211_agg_tx_operational in both
places where TX aggregation can become operational.
Additionally, rename the driver notification from
IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_RESUME to IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch changes mac80211 to not notify the rate control algorithm's
tx_status() method when reporting status for a packet that didn't go
through the rate control algorithm's get_rate() method.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTERING flag so that driver inform that it supports
beacon filtering. Drivers need to call the new function
ieee80211_beacon_loss() to notify about beacon loss.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In beacon filtering there needs to be a way to not expire the BSS even
when no beacons are received. Add an interface to cfg80211 to hold
BSS and make sure that it's not expired.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When software scanning we need to disable power save so that all possible
probe responses and beacons are received. For hardware scanning assume that
hardware will take care of that and document that assumption.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The functionality that NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE provided can now
be achieved with cleaner design by adding IE(s) into
NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and
NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
Since this is a very recently added command and there are no known (or
known planned) applications using NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE and
taken into account how much extra complexity it adds to the IE
processing we have now (and need to add in the future to fix IE order
in couple of frames), it looks like the best option is to just remove
the implementation of this command for now. The enum values themselves
are left to avoid changing the nl80211 command or attribute numbers.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds new nl80211 commands to allow user space to request
authentication and association (and also deauthentication and
disassociation). The commands are structured to allow separate
authentication and association steps, i.e., the interface between
kernel and user space is similar to the MLME SAP interface in IEEE
802.11 standard and an user space application takes the role of the
SME.
The patch introduces MLME-AUTHENTICATE.request,
MLME-{,RE}ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.request, and
MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request primitives. The authentication and
association commands request the actual operations in two steps
(assuming the driver supports this; if not, separate authentication
step is skipped; this could end up being a separate "connect"
command).
The initial implementation for mac80211 uses the current
net/mac80211/mlme.c for actual sending and processing of management
frames and the new nl80211 commands will just stop the current state
machine from moving automatically from authentication to association.
Future cleanup may move more of the MLME operations into cfg80211.
The goal of this design is to provide more control of authentication and
association process to user space without having to move the full MLME
implementation. This should be enough to allow IEEE 802.11r FT protocol
and 802.11s SAE authentication to be implemented. Obviously, this will
also bring the extra benefit of not having to use WEXT for association
requests with mac80211. An example implementation of a user space SME
using the new nl80211 commands is available for wpa_supplicant.
This patch is enough to get IEEE 802.11r FT protocol working with
over-the-air mechanism (over-the-DS will need additional MLME
primitives for handling the FT Action frames).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add new nl80211 event notifications (and a new multicast group, "mlme")
for informing user space about received and processed Authentication,
(Re)Association Response, Deauthentication, and Disassociation frames in
station and IBSS modes (i.e., MLME SAP interface primitives
MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm, MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm,
MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indicate, and
MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication). The event data is encapsulated as the 802.11
management frame since we already have the frame in that format and it
includes all the needed information.
This is the initial step in providing MLME SAP interface for
authentication and association with nl80211. In other words, kernel code
will act as the MLME and a user space application can control it as the
SME.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
No drivers use it any more, so it can now be removed safely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Radiotap was updated to include a "bad PLCP" flag and standardise
the "bad FCS" flag in the "flags" rather than "RX flags" field,
this patch updates Linux to that standard.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
No hw/driver actually supports more than four queues right now,
and we allocate a number of things per queue which means we
waste a bit of memory. Reduce the maximum number to four to
accurately reflect what we do (and need for QoS). Even if we
had hardware supporting more queues we couldn't take advantage
of that right now anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This inline is useless and actually makes the code _longer_
rather than shorter.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds a platform device driver that supports the OpenCores 10/100
Mbps Ethernet MAC.
The driver expects three resources: one IORESOURCE_MEM resource defines the
memory region for the core's memory-mapped registers while a second
IORESOURCE_MEM resource defines the network packet buffer space. The third
resource, of type IORESOURCE_IRQ, associates an interrupt with the driver.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <thierry.reding@avionic-design.de>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <florian@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Usefull for all protocols which do not add additional data, such
as GRE or UDPlite.
Signed-off-by: Holger Eitzenberger <holger@eitzenberger.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Use "hlist_nulls" infrastructure we added in 2.6.29 for RCUification of UDP & TCP.
This permits an easy conversion from call_rcu() based hash lists to a
SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU one.
Avoiding call_rcu() delay at nf_conn freeing time has numerous gains.
First, it doesnt fill RCU queues (up to 10000 elements per cpu).
This reduces OOM possibility, if queued elements are not taken into account
This reduces latency problems when RCU queue size hits hilimit and triggers
emergency mode.
- It allows fast reuse of just freed elements, permitting better use of
CPU cache.
- We delete rcu_head from "struct nf_conn", shrinking size of this structure
by 8 or 16 bytes.
This patch only takes care of "struct nf_conn".
call_rcu() is still used for less critical conntrack parts, that may
be converted later if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This is necessary in order to have an upper bound for Netlink
message calculation, which is not a problem at all, as there
are no helpers with a longer name.
Signed-off-by: Holger Eitzenberger <holger@eitzenberger.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
It calculates the max. length of a Netlink policy, which is usefull
for allocating Netlink buffers roughly the size of the actual
message.
Signed-off-by: Holger Eitzenberger <holger@eitzenberger.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
There is added a single callback for the l3 proto helper. The two
callbacks for the l4 protos are necessary because of the general
structure of a ctnetlink event, which is in short:
CTA_TUPLE_ORIG
<l3/l4-proto-attributes>
CTA_TUPLE_REPLY
<l3/l4-proto-attributes>
CTA_ID
...
CTA_PROTOINFO
<l4-proto-attributes>
CTA_TUPLE_MASTER
<l3/l4-proto-attributes>
Therefore the formular is
size := sizeof(generic-nlas) + 3 * sizeof(tuple_nlas) + sizeof(protoinfo_nlas)
Some of the NLAs are optional, e. g. CTA_TUPLE_MASTER, which is only
set if it's an expected connection. But the number of optional NLAs is
small enough to prevent netlink_trim() from reallocating if calculated
properly.
Signed-off-by: Holger Eitzenberger <holger@eitzenberger.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Implement a way to provide the MAC address for ax88796 devices from
their platform data. Boards might decide to set the address
programmatically, taken from boot tags or other sources.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ipv6 version of bind_conflict code calls ipv6_rcv_saddr_equal()
which at times wrongly identified intersections between addresses.
It particularly broke down under a few instances and caused erroneous
bind conflicts.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The initial version of the DSA driver only supported a single switch
chip per network interface, while DSA-capable switch chips can be
interconnected to form a tree of switch chips. This patch adds support
for multiple switch chips on a network interface.
An example topology for a 16-port device with an embedded CPU is as
follows:
+-----+ +--------+ +--------+
| |eth0 10| switch |9 10| switch |
| CPU +----------+ +-------+ |
| | | chip 0 | | chip 1 |
+-----+ +---++---+ +---++---+
|| ||
|| ||
||1000baseT ||1000baseT
||ports 1-8 ||ports 9-16
This requires a couple of interdependent changes in the DSA layer:
- The dsa platform driver data needs to be extended: there is still
only one netdevice per DSA driver instance (eth0 in the example
above), but each of the switch chips in the tree needs its own
mii_bus device pointer, MII management bus address, and port name
array. (include/net/dsa.h) The existing in-tree dsa users need
some small changes to deal with this. (arch/arm)
- The DSA and Ethertype DSA tagging modules need to be extended to
use the DSA device ID field on receive and demultiplex the packet
accordingly, and fill in the DSA device ID field on transmit
according to which switch chip the packet is heading to.
(net/dsa/tag_{dsa,edsa}.c)
- The concept of "CPU port", which is the switch chip port that the
CPU is connected to (port 10 on switch chip 0 in the example), needs
to be extended with the concept of "upstream port", which is the
port on the switch chip that will bring us one hop closer to the CPU
(port 10 for both switch chips in the example above).
- The dsa platform data needs to specify which ports on which switch
chips are links to other switch chips, so that we can enable DSA
tagging mode on them. (For inter-switch links, we always use
non-EtherType DSA tagging, since it has lower overhead. The CPU
link uses dsa or edsa tagging depending on what the 'root' switch
chip supports.) This is done by specifying "dsa" for the given
port in the port array.
- The dsa platform data needs to be extended with information on via
which port to reach any given switch chip from any given switch chip.
This info is specified via the per-switch chip data struct ->rtable[]
array, which gives the nexthop ports for each of the other switches
in the tree.
For the example topology above, the dsa platform data would look
something like this:
static struct dsa_chip_data sw[2] = {
{
.mii_bus = &foo,
.sw_addr = 1,
.port_names[0] = "p1",
.port_names[1] = "p2",
.port_names[2] = "p3",
.port_names[3] = "p4",
.port_names[4] = "p5",
.port_names[5] = "p6",
.port_names[6] = "p7",
.port_names[7] = "p8",
.port_names[9] = "dsa",
.port_names[10] = "cpu",
.rtable = (s8 []){ -1, 9, },
}, {
.mii_bus = &foo,
.sw_addr = 2,
.port_names[0] = "p9",
.port_names[1] = "p10",
.port_names[2] = "p11",
.port_names[3] = "p12",
.port_names[4] = "p13",
.port_names[5] = "p14",
.port_names[6] = "p15",
.port_names[7] = "p16",
.port_names[10] = "dsa",
.rtable = (s8 []){ 10, -1, },
},
},
static struct dsa_platform_data pd = {
.netdev = &foo,
.nr_switches = 2,
.sw = sw,
};
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Gary Thomas <gary@mlbassoc.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Protocols should be able to use constant value for the descriptor.
Minor whitespace cleanup as well
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove 2 TEST_FRAME hacks that are no longer needed. These allowed
sctp regression tests to compile before, but are no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
reorder struct inet6_ifaddr to remove padding on 64 bit builds
remove 8 bytes of padding so inet6_ifaddr becomes 192 bytes & fits into
a smaller slab.
Signed-off-by: Richard Kennedy <richard@rsk.demon.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dev_queue_xmit() needs to dirty fields "state", "q", "bstats" and "qstats"
On x86_64 arch, they currently span three cache lines, involving more
cache line ping pongs than necessary, making longer holding of queue spinlock.
We can reduce this to one cache line, by grouping all read-mostly fields
at the beginning of structure. (Or should I say, all highly modified fields
at the end :) )
Before patch :
offsetof(struct Qdisc, state)=0x38
offsetof(struct Qdisc, q)=0x48
offsetof(struct Qdisc, bstats)=0x80
offsetof(struct Qdisc, qstats)=0x90
sizeof(struct Qdisc)=0xc8
After patch :
offsetof(struct Qdisc, state)=0x80
offsetof(struct Qdisc, q)=0x88
offsetof(struct Qdisc, bstats)=0xa0
offsetof(struct Qdisc, qstats)=0xac
sizeof(struct Qdisc)=0xc0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We do this so we can later inform userspace who set the
regulatory domain and provide details of the request.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is not used as we can always just assume the first
regulatory domain set will _always_ be a static regulatory
domain. REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE will be the first request from
cfg80211 for a regdomain and that then populates the first
regulatory request.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch skips the delivery of conntrack events if the packet
was drop due to a race condition in the conntrack insertion.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch modifies nf_log to use a linked list of loggers for each
protocol. This list of loggers is read and write protected with a
mutex.
This patch separates registration and binding. To be used as
logging module, a module has to register calling nf_log_register()
and to bind to a protocol it has to call nf_log_bind_pf().
This patch also converts the logging modules to the new API. For nfnetlink_log,
it simply switchs call to register functions to call to bind function and
adds a call to nf_log_register() during init. For other modules, it just
remove a const flag from the logger structure and replace it with a
__read_mostly.
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@inl.fr>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
There's very little need for most of the callsites to get
tp->xmit_goal_size updated. That will cost us divide as is,
so slice the function in two. Also, the only users of the
tp->xmit_goal_size are directly behind tcp_current_mss(),
so there's no need to store that variable into tcp_sock
at all! The drop of xmit_goal_size currently leaves 16-bit
hole and some reorganization would again be necessary to
change that (but I'm aiming to fill that hole with u16
xmit_goal_size_segs to cache the results of the remaining
divide to get that tso on regression).
Bring xmit_goal_size parts into tcp.c
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Cc: Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Wow, it was quite tricky to merge that stream of negations
but I think I finally got it right:
check & replace_ts_recent:
(s32)(rcv_tsval - ts_recent) >= 0 => 0
(s32)(ts_recent - rcv_tsval) <= 0 => 0
discard:
(s32)(ts_recent - rcv_tsval) > TCP_PAWS_WINDOW => 1
(s32)(ts_recent - rcv_tsval) <= TCP_PAWS_WINDOW => 0
I toggled the return values of tcp_paws_check around since
the old encoding added yet-another negation making tracking
of truth-values really complicated.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It turns out that net_alive is unnecessary, and the original problem
that led to it being added was simply that the icmp code thought
it was a network device and wound up being unable to handle packets
while there were still packets in the network namespace.
Now that icmp and tcp have been fixed to properly register themselves
this problem is no longer present and we have a stronger guarantee
that packets will not arrive in a network namespace then that provided
by net_alive in netif_receive_skb. So remove net_alive allowing
packet reception run a little faster.
Additionally document the strong reason why network namespace cleanup
is safe so that if something happens again someone else will have
a chance of figuring it out.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit faee47cdbf
(sctp: Fix the RTO-doubling on idle-link heartbeats)
broke the RTO doubling for data retransmits. If the
heartbeat was sent before the data T3-rtx time, the
the RTO will not double upon the T3-rtx expiration.
Distingish between the operations by passing an argument
to the function.
Additionally, Wei Youngjun pointed out that our treatment
of requested HEARTBEATS and timer HEARTBEATS is the same
wrt resetting congestion window. That needs to be separated,
since user requested HEARTBEATS should not treat the link
as idle.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The above functions from include/net/tcp.h have been defined with an
argument that they never use. The argument is 'u32 ack' which is never
used inside the function body, and thus it can be removed. The rest of
the patch involves the necessary changes to the function callers of the
above two functions.
Signed-off-by: Hantzis Fotis <xantzis@ceid.upatras.gr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also fixes insignificant bug that would cause sending of stale
SACK block (would occur in some corner cases).
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems that implementation in yeah was inconsistent to what
other did as it would increase cwnd one ack earlier than the
others do.
Size benefits:
bictcp_cong_avoid | -36
tcp_cong_avoid_ai | +52
bictcp_cong_avoid | -34
tcp_scalable_cong_avoid | -36
tcp_veno_cong_avoid | -12
tcp_yeah_cong_avoid | -38
= -104 bytes total
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When devices are world roaming they cannot beacon or do active scan
on 5 GHz or on channels 12, 13 and 14 on the 2 GHz band. Although
we have a good regulatory API some cards may _always_ world roam, this
is also true when a system does not have CRDA present. Devices doing world
roaming can still passive scan, if they find a beacon from an AP on
one of the world roaming frequencies we make the assumption we can do
the same and we also remove the passive scan requirement.
This adds support for providing beacon regulatory hints based on scans.
This works for devices that do either hardware or software scanning.
If a channel has not yet been marked as having had a beacon present
on it we queue the beacon hint processing into the workqueue.
All wireless devices will benefit from beacon regulatory hints from
any wireless device on a system including new devices connected to
the system at a later time.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All regulatory hints (core, driver, userspace and 11d) are now processed in
a workqueue.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We do this so later on we can move the pending requests onto a
workqueue. By using the wiphy_idx instead of the wiphy we can
later easily check if the wiphy has disappeared or not.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds optional notifier functions for software scan.
Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The previous patch made cfg80211 generally aware of the signal
type a given hardware will give, so now it can implement
SIOCGIWRANGE itself, removing more wext stuff from mac80211.
Might need to be a little more parametrized once we have
more hardware using cfg80211 and new hardware capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It wasn't a good idea to make the signal type a per-BSS option,
although then it is closer to the actual value. Move it to be
a per-wiphy setting, update mac80211 to match.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The TX/RX packet counters are needed to fill in RADIUS Accounting
attributes Acct-Output-Packets and Acct-Input-Packets. We already
collect the needed information, but only the TX/RX bytes were
previously exposed through nl80211. Allow applications to fetch the
packet counters, too, to provide more complete support for accounting.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This extends the NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN command to allow applications
to specify a set of information element(s) to be added into Probe
Request frames with NL80211_ATTR_IE. This provides support for the
MLME-SCAN.request primitive parameter VendorSpecificInfo and can be
used, e.g., to implement WPS scanning.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The AP can switch dynamically between 20/40 Mhz channel width,
in which case we switch the local operating channel, but the
rate control algorithm is not notified. This patch adds a new callback
to indicate such changes to the RC algorithm.
Currently, HT channel width change is notified, but this callback
can be used to indicate any new requirements that might come up later on.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Hardware with AMPDU queues currently has broken aggregation.
This patch fixes it by making all A-MPDUs go over the regular AC queues,
but keeping track of the hardware queues in mac80211. As a first rough
version, it actually stops the AC queue for extended periods of time,
which can be removed by adding buffering internal to mac80211, but is
currently not a huge problem because people rarely use multiple TIDs
that are in the same AC (and iwlwifi currently doesn't operate as AP).
This is a short-term fix, my current medium-term plan, which I hope to
execute soon as well, but am not sure can finish before .30, looks like
this:
1) rework the internal queuing layer in mac80211 that we use for
fragments if the driver stopped queue in the middle of a fragmented
frame to be able to queue more frames at once (rather than just a
single frame with its fragments)
2) instead of stopping the entire AC queue, queue up the frames in a
per-station/per-TID queue during aggregation session initiation,
when the session has come up take all those frames and put them
onto the queue from 1)
3) push the ampdu queue layer abstraction this patch introduces in
mac80211 into the driver, and remove the virtual queue stuff from
mac80211 again
This plan will probably also affect ath9k in that mac80211 queues the
frames instead of passing them down, even when there are no ampdu queues.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Only ipw2x00 now uses it. Reduce confusion. Profit!
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Impact: Attribute function with __releases(...)
Fix this sparse warning:
net/ipv4/inet_fragment.c:276:35: warning: context imbalance in 'inet_frag_find' - unexpected unlock
Signed-off-by: Hannes Eder <hannes@hanneseder.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of the qualification tests demand that in case of failures in L2CAP
the HCI disconnect should indicate a reason why L2CAP fails. This is a
bluntly layer violation since multiple L2CAP connections could be using
the same ACL and thus forcing a disconnect reason is not a good idea.
To comply with the Bluetooth test specification, the disconnect reason
is now stored in the L2CAP connection structure and every time a new
L2CAP channel is added it will set back to its default. So only in the
case where the L2CAP channel with the disconnect reason is really the
last one, it will propagated to the HCI layer.
The HCI layer has been extended with a disconnect indication that allows
it to ask upper layers for a disconnect reason. The upper layer must not
support this callback and in that case it will nicely default to the
existing behavior. If an upper layer like L2CAP can provide a disconnect
reason that one will be used to disconnect the ACL or SCO link.
No modification to the ACL disconnect timeout have been made. So in case
of Linux to Linux connection the initiator will disconnect the ACL link
before the acceptor side can signal the specific disconnect reason. That
is perfectly fine since Linux doesn't make use of this value anyway. The
L2CAP layer has a perfect valid error code for rejecting connection due
to a security violation. It is unclear why the Bluetooth specification
insists on having specific HCI disconnect reason.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In preparation for L2CAP fixed channel support, the CID value of a
L2CAP connection needs to be accessible via the socket interface. The
CID is the connection identifier and exists as source and destination
value. So extend the L2CAP socket address structure with this field and
change getsockname() and getpeername() to fill it in.
The bind() and connect() functions have been modified to handle L2CAP
socket address structures of variable sizes. This makes them future
proof if additional fields need to be added.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the extended features mask indicates support for fixed channels,
request the list of available fixed channels. This also enables the
fixed channel features bit so remote implementations can request
information about it. Currently only the signal channel will be
listed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The recommendation for the L2CAP PSM 1 (SDP) is to not use any kind
of authentication or encryption. So don't trigger authentication
for incoming and outgoing SDP connections.
For L2CAP PSM 3 (RFCOMM) there is no clear requirement, but with
Bluetooth 2.1 the initiator is required to enable authentication
and encryption first and this gets enforced. So there is no need
to trigger an additional authentication step. The RFCOMM service
security will make sure that a secure enough link key is present.
When the encryption gets enabled after the SDP connection setup,
then switch the security level from SDP to low security.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the remote L2CAP server uses authentication pending stage and
encryption is enabled it can happen that a L2CAP connection request is
sent twice due to a race condition in the connection state machine.
When the remote side indicates any kind of connection pending, then
track this state and skip sending of L2CAP commands for this period.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When two L2CAP connections are requested quickly after the ACL link has
been established there exists a window for a race condition where a
connection request is sent before the information response has been
received. Any connection request should only be sent after an exchange
of the extended features mask has been finished.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When receiving incoming connection to specific services, always use
general bonding. This ensures that the link key gets stored and can be
used for further authentications.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When attempting to setup eSCO connections it can happen that some link
manager implementations fail to properly negotiate the eSCO parameters
and thus fail the eSCO setup. Normally the link manager is responsible
for the negotiation of the parameters and actually fallback to SCO if
no agreement can be reached. In cases where the link manager is just too
stupid, then at least try to establish a SCO link if eSCO fails.
For the Bluetooth devices with EDR support this includes handling packet
types of EDR basebands. This is particular tricky since for the EDR the
logic of enabling/disabling one specific packet type is turned around.
This fix contains an extra bitmask to disable eSCO EDR packet when
trying to fallback to a SCO connection.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
A role switch with devices following the Bluetooth pre-2.1 standards
or without Encryption Pause and Resume support is not possible if
encryption is enabled. Most newer headsets require the role switch,
but also require that the connection is encrypted.
For connections with a high security mode setting, the link will be
immediately dropped. When the connection uses medium security mode
setting, then a grace period is introduced where the TX is halted and
the remote device gets a change to re-enable encryption after the
role switch. If not re-enabled the link will be dropped.
Based on initial work by Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The current security model is based around the flags AUTH, ENCRYPT and
SECURE. Starting with support for the Bluetooth 2.1 specification this is
no longer sufficient. The different security levels are now defined as
SDP, LOW, MEDIUM and SECURE.
Previously it was possible to set each security independently, but this
actually doesn't make a lot of sense. For Bluetooth the encryption depends
on a previous successful authentication. Also you can only update your
existing link key if you successfully created at least one before. And of
course the update of link keys without having proper encryption in place
is a security issue.
The new security levels from the Bluetooth 2.1 specification are now
used internally. All old settings are mapped to the new values and this
way it ensures that old applications still work. The only limitation
is that it is no longer possible to set authentication without also
enabling encryption. No application should have done this anyway since
this is actually a security issue. Without encryption the integrity of
the authentication can't be guaranteed.
As default for a new L2CAP or RFCOMM connection, the LOW security level
is used. The only exception here are the service discovery sessions on
PSM 1 where SDP level is used. To have similar security strength as with
a Bluetooth 2.0 and before combination key, the MEDIUM level should be
used. This is according to the Bluetooth specification. The MEDIUM level
will not require any kind of man-in-the-middle (MITM) protection. Only
the HIGH security level will require this.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In order to decide if listening RFCOMM sockets should be accept()ed
the BD_ADDR of the remote device needs to be known. This patch adds
a socket option which defines a timeout for deferring the actual
connection setup.
The connection setup is done after reading from the socket for the
first time. Until then writing to the socket returns ENOTCONN.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The L2CAP and RFCOMM applications require support for authorization
and the ability of rejecting incoming connection requests. The socket
interface is not really able to support this.
This patch does the ground work for a socket option to defer connection
setup. Setting this option allows calling of accept() and then the
first read() will trigger the final connection setup. Calling close()
would reject the connection.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It turns out that net_alive is unnecessary, and the original problem
that led to it being added was simply that the icmp code thought
it was a network device and wound up being unable to handle packets
while there were still packets in the network namespace.
Now that icmp and tcp have been fixed to properly register themselves
this problem is no longer present and we have a stronger guarantee
that packets will not arrive in a network namespace then that provided
by net_alive in netif_receive_skb. So remove net_alive allowing
packet reception run a little faster.
Additionally document the strong reason why network namespace cleanup
is safe so that if something happens again someone else will have
a chance of figuring it out.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Table size is defined as unsigned, wheres the table maximum size is
defined as a signed integer. The calculation of max is 8 or 4,
multiplied the table size. Therefore the max value is aligned to
unsigned.
Signed-off-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The untracked conntrack actually does usually have events marked for
delivery as its not special-cased in that part of the code. Skip the
actual delivery since it impacts performance noticeably.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
A long time ago we had bugs, primarily in TCP, where we would modify
skb->truesize (for TSO queue collapsing) in ways which would corrupt
the socket memory accounting.
skb_truesize_check() was added in order to try and catch this error
more systematically.
However this debugging check has morphed into a Frankenstein of sorts
and these days it does nothing other than catch false-positives.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During peeloff/accept() sctp needs to save the parent socket state
into the new socket so that any options set on the parent are
inherited by the child socket. This was found when the
parent/listener socket issues SO_BINDTODEVICE, but the
data was misrouted after a route cache flush.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP incorrectly doubles rto ever time a Hearbeat chunk
is generated. However RFC 4960 states:
On an idle destination address that is allowed to heartbeat, it is
recommended that a HEARTBEAT chunk is sent once per RTO of that
destination address plus the protocol parameter 'HB.interval', with
jittering of +/- 50% of the RTO value, and exponential backoff of the
RTO if the previous HEARTBEAT is unanswered.
Essentially, of if the heartbean is unacknowledged, do we double the RTO.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sctp crc32c checksum is always generated in little endian.
So, we clean up the code to treat it as little endian and remove
all the __force casts.
Suggested by Herbert Xu.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a new version of my patch, now using a module parameter instead
of a sysctl, so that the option is harder to find. Please note that,
once the module is loaded, it is still possible to change the value of
the parameter in /sys/module/sctp/parameters/, which is useful if you
want to do performance comparisons without rebooting.
Computation of SCTP checksums significantly affects the performance of
SCTP. For example, using two dual-Opteron 246 connected using a Gbe
network, it was not possible to achieve more than ~730 Mbps, compared to
941 Mbps after disabling SCTP checksums.
Unfortunately, SCTP checksum offloading in NICs is not commonly
available (yet).
By default, checksums are still enabled, of course.
Signed-off-by: Lucas Nussbaum <lucas.nussbaum@ens-lyon.fr>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instructions for time stamping outgoing packets are take from the
socket layer and later copied into the new skb.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Ohly <patrick.ohly@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The overlap with the old SO_TIMESTAMP[NS] options is handled so
that time stamping in software (net_enable_timestamp()) is
enabled when SO_TIMESTAMP[NS] and/or SO_TIMESTAMPING_RX_SOFTWARE
is set. It's disabled if all of these are off.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Ohly <patrick.ohly@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Base versions handle constant folding now. For headers exposed to
userspace, we must only expose the __ prefixed versions.
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a more flexible BSS lookup function so that mac80211 or
other drivers can actually use this for getting the BSS to
connect to.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch introduces cfg80211_unlink_bss, a function to
allow a driver to remove a BSS from the internal list and
make it not show up in scan results any more -- this is
to be used when the driver detects that the BSS is no
longer available.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When cfg80211 users have their own allocated data in the per-BSS
private data, they will need to free this when the BSS struct is
destroyed. Add a free_priv method and fix one place where the BSS
was kfree'd rather than released properly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds basic scan capability to cfg80211/nl80211 and
changes mac80211 to use it. The BSS list that cfg80211 maintains
is made driver-accessible with a private area in each BSS struct,
but mac80211 doesn't yet use it. That's another large project.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The atomic requirement for the TSF callbacks
is outdated. get_tsf() is only called by
ieee80211_rx_bss_info() which is indirectly
called by the work queue ieee80211_sta_work().
In the same context are called several other
non-atomic functions, too.
And the atomic requirement causes problems
for drivers of USB wifi cards.
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The problem is that in_atomic() will return false inside spinlocks if
CONFIG_PREEMPT=n. This will lead to deadlockable GFP_KERNEL allocations
from spinlocked regions.
Secondly, if CONFIG_PREEMPT=y, this bug solves itself because networking
will instead use GFP_ATOMIC from this callsite. Hence we won't get the
might_sleep() debugging warnings which would have informed us of the buggy
callsites.
Solve both these problems by switching to in_interrupt(). Now, if someone
runs a gfp_any() allocation from inside spinlock we will get the warning
if CONFIG_PREEMPT=y.
I reviewed all callsites and most of them were too complex for my little
brain and none of them documented their interface requirements. I have no
idea what this patch will do.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Giving the signal in dB isn't much more useful to userspace
than giving the signal in unspecified units. This removes
some radiotap information for zd1211 (the only driver using
this flag), but it helps a lot for getting cfg80211-based
scanning which won't support dB, and zd1211 being dB is a
little fishy anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Bruno Randolf <bruno@thinktube.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The function sock_alloc_send_pskb is completely useless if not
exported since most of the code in it won't be used as is. In
fact, this code has already been duplicated in the tun driver.
Now that we need accounting in the tun driver, we can in fact
use this function as is. So this patch marks it for export again.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And switch bsockets to atomic_t since it might be changed in parallel.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Acked-by: Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> suggested:
> How about making this flag and the warning message (in a out-of-line
> function) globally available? Other qdiscs (f.i. HFSC) can't deal with
> inner non-work-conserving qdiscs as well.
This patch uses qdisc->flags field of "suspected" child qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables low-level driver independent debugging of the TSF and remove the driver specific things of ath5k and ath9k from the debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Using only the RTNL has a number of problems, most notably that
ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces() and other interface list
traversals cannot be done from the internal workqueue because it
needs to be flushed under the RTNL.
This patch introduces a new mutex that protects the interface list
against modifications. A more detailed explanation is part of the
code change.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If a driver is given a wiphy and it wants to get to its private
mac80211 driver area it can use wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw() to get first
to its ieee80211_hw and then access the private structure via hw->priv. The
wiphy_priv() is already being used internally by mac80211 and drivers
should not use this. This can be helpful in a drivers reg_notifier().
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows drivers to request strict regulatory settings to
be applied to its devices. This is desirable for devices where
proper calibration and compliance can only be gauranteed for
for the device's programmed regulatory domain. Regulatory
domain settings will be ignored until the device's own
regulatory domain is properly configured. If no regulatory
domain is received only the world regulatory domain will be
applied -- if OLD_REG (default to "US") is not enabled. If
OLD_REG behaviour is not acceptable to drivers they must
update their wiphy with a custom reuglatory prior to wiphy
registration.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers may need more information than just who set the last regulatory domain,
as such lets just pass the last regulatory_request receipt. To do this we need
to move out to headers struct regulatory_request, and enum environment_cap. While
at it lets add documentation for enum environment_cap.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers without firmware can also have custom regulatory maps
which do not map to a specific ISO / IEC alpha2 country code.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This can be used by drivers on the reg_notifier()
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() to be used by drivers
prior to wiphy registration to apply a custom regulatory domain.
This can be used by drivers that do not have a direct 1-1 mapping
between a regulatory domain and a country.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds a flag to notify drivers to start and stop
beaconing when needed, for example, during a scan run. Based
on Sujith's first patch to do the same, but now disables
beaconing for all virtual interfaces while scanning, has a
separate change flag and tracks user-space requests.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since the standards only define 12 legacy rates, 32 is certainly
a sane upper limit and we don't need to use u64 everywhere. Add
sanity checking that no more than 32 rates are registered and
change the variables to u32 throughout.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Then one place can be a static const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This should help implement suspend/resume in mac80211, these
hooks will be run before the device is suspended and after it
resumes. Therefore, they can touch the hardware as much as
they want to.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A new nl80211 command, NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE, can be used to
add arbitrary IE data into the end of management frames. The interface
allows extra IEs to be configured for each management frame subtype, but
only some of them (ProbeReq, ProbeResp, Auth, (Re)AssocReq, Deauth,
Disassoc) are currently accepted in mac80211 implementation.
This makes it easier to implement IEEE 802.11 extensions like WPS and
FT that add IE(s) into some management frames. In addition, this can
be useful for testing and experimentation purposes.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For any callbacks in ieee80211_ops, specify what values the return
codes represent. While at it, fix a couple of capitalization and
punctuation differences.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows user space to determine whether a driver supports MFP and
behave properly without having to ask user to configure this in
MFP-optional mode.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If driver/firmware/hardware does not support CCMP for management
frames, it can now request mac80211 to take care of encrypting and
decrypting management frames (when MFP is enabled) in software. The
will need to add this new IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT flag when a CCMP
key is being configured for TX side and return the undecrypted frames
on RX side without RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED flag to use software CCMP for
management frames (but hardware for data frames).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add mechanism for managing BIP keys (IGTK) and integrate BIP into the
TX/RX paths.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add flags for setting STA entries and struct ieee80211_if_sta to
indicate whether management frame protection (MFP) is used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We add support for multiple drivers to provide a regulatory_hint()
on a system by adding a wiphy specific regulatory domain cache.
This allows drivers to keep around cache their own regulatory domain
structure queried from CRDA.
We handle conflicts by intersecting multiple regulatory domains,
each driver will stick to its own regulatory domain though unless
a country IE has been received and processed.
If the user already requested a regulatory domain and a driver
requests the same regulatory domain then simply copy to the
driver's regd the same regulatory domain and do not call
CRDA, do not collect $200.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This modifies hardware flags for powersave to support three different
flags:
* IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS - indicates general PS support
* IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK - indicates nullfunc sending in software
* IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS - indicates dynamic PS on the device
It also adds documentation for all this which explains how to set the
various flags.
Additionally, it fixes a few things:
* a spot where && was used to test flags
* enable CONF_PS only when associated again
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This will be needed for drivers that set the
IEEE80211_HW_NO_STACK_DYNAMIC_PS flag and still
want to handle dynamic PS.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The channel_type really doesn't need to be the only member in
a new structure, so remove the struct. Additionally, remove
the _CONF_CHANGE_HT flag and use _CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL when the
channel type changes, since that's enough of a change to require
reprogramming the hardware anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I missed this during review of "mac80211: Fix tx power setting",
the user_power_level shouldn't be available to the driver but
rather be an internal value used to calculate the value for the
driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The set_key callback now seems rather odd, passing a MAC address
instead of a station struct, and a local address instead of a
vif struct. Change that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> [ath5k]
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <ivdoorn@gmail.com> [rt2x00]
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> [p54]
Tested-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> [iwl3945]
Tested-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org> [iwl3945]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
power_level in ieee80211_conf is being used for more than one
purpose. It being used as user configured power limit and the
final power limit given to the driver. By doing so, except very
first time, the tx power limit is taken from min(chan->max_power,
local->hw.conf.power_level) which is not what we want. This patch
defines a new memeber in ieee80211_conf which is meant only for
user configured power limit.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We can simply use conf_is_ht() check where needed.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In HT capable drivers you often need to check if you
are currently using HT20 or HT40. This adds a few small
helpers to let drivers figure that out.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In commit 9db66bdcc8 (net: convert
TCP/DCCP ehash rwlocks to spinlocks), I forgot to change one
occurrence of rwlock_t to spinlock_t
I believe sizeof(raw_spinlock_t) might be > 0 on !CONFIG_SMP if
CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK while sizeof(raw_rwlock_t) should be 0 in this
case.
Fortunatly, CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK adds fields to both spinlock_t and
rwlock_t, but at this might change in the future (being able to debug
spinlocks but not rwlocks for example), better to be safe.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
crc32c algorithm provides a byteswaped result. On little-endian
arches, the result ends up in big-endian/network byte order.
On big-endinan arches, the result ends up in little-endian
order and needs to be byte swapped again. Thus calling cpu_to_le32
gives the right output.
Tested-by: Jukka Taimisto <jukka.taimisto@mail.suomi.net>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv4 multicast routing netns-aware.
Declare variable 'reg_vif_num' per-namespace, move into struct netns_ipv4.
At the moment, this variable is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv4 multicast routing netns-aware.
Declare IPv multicast routing variables 'mroute_do_assert' and
'mroute_do_pim' per-namespace in struct netns_ipv4.
At the moment, these variables are only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv4 multicast routing netns-aware.
Declare variable cache_resolve_queue_len per-namespace: move it into
struct netns_ipv4.
This variable counts the number of unresolved cache entries queued in the
list mfc_unres_queue. This list is kept global to all netns as the number
of entries per namespace is limited to 10 (hardcoded in routine
ipmr_cache_unresolved).
Entries belonging to different namespaces in mfc_unres_queue will be
identified by matching the mfc_net member introduced previously in
struct mfc_cache.
Keeping this list global to all netns, also allows us to keep a single
timer (ipmr_expire_timer) to handle their expiration.
In some places cache_resolve_queue_len value was tested for arming
or deleting the timer. These tests were equivalent to testing
mfc_unres_queue value instead and are replaced in this patch.
At the moment, cache_resolve_queue_len is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv4 multicast routing netns-aware.
Dynamically allocate IPv4 multicast forwarding cache, mfc_cache_array,
and move it to struct netns_ipv4.
At the moment, mfc_cache_array is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast routing netns-aware.
Dynamically allocate interface table vif_table and move it to
struct netns_ipv4, and update MIF_EXISTS() macro.
At the moment, vif_table is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv4 multicast routing netns-aware.
Make IPv4 multicast routing mroute_socket per-namespace,
moves it into struct netns_ipv4.
At the moment, mroute_socket is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With simple extension to the binding mechanism, which allows to bind more
than 64k sockets (or smaller amount, depending on sysctl parameters),
we have to traverse the whole bind hash table to find out empty bucket.
And while it is not a problem for example for 32k connections, bind()
completion time grows exponentially (since after each successful binding
we have to traverse one bucket more to find empty one) even if we start
each time from random offset inside the hash table.
So, when hash table is full, and we want to add another socket, we have
to traverse the whole table no matter what, so effectivelly this will be
the worst case performance and it will be constant.
Attached picture shows bind() time depending on number of already bound
sockets.
Green area corresponds to the usual binding to zero port process, which
turns on kernel port selection as described above. Red area is the bind
process, when number of reuse-bound sockets is not limited by 64k (or
sysctl parameters). The same exponential growth (hidden by the green
area) before number of ports reaches sysctl limit.
At this time bind hash table has exactly one reuse-enbaled socket in a
bucket, but it is possible that they have different addresses. Actually
kernel selects the first port to try randomly, so at the beginning bind
will take roughly constant time, but with time number of port to check
after random start will increase. And that will have exponential growth,
but because of above random selection, not every next port selection
will necessary take longer time than previous. So we have to consider
the area below in the graph (if you could zoom it, you could find, that
there are many different times placed there), so area can hide another.
Blue area corresponds to the port selection optimization.
This is rather simple design approach: hashtable now maintains (unprecise
and racely updated) number of currently bound sockets, and when number
of such sockets becomes greater than predefined value (I use maximum
port range defined by sysctls), we stop traversing the whole bind hash
table and just stop at first matching bucket after random start. Above
limit roughly corresponds to the case, when bind hash table is full and
we turned on mechanism of allowing to bind more reuse-enabled sockets,
so it does not change behaviour of other sockets.
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net>
Tested-by: Denys Fedoryschenko <denys@visp.net.lb>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix (delete) more mac80211 kernel-doc:
Warning(linux-2.6.28-git13//include/net/mac80211.h:375): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'retry_count' description in 'ieee80211_tx_info'
Warning(linux-2.6.28-git13//net/mac80211/sta_info.h:308): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'last_txrate' description in 'sta_info'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The kernel-doc was referring to member @debufs_dentry instead of
@debugfs_dentry.
Reported by Randy Dunlap http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=123147942302885&w=2
As well, escape the colon in the field's text description, as it is
causing the generated text to be erraticly broken up (with paragraphs
moved down). Could not find a reason why it is happening so, even when
other field descriptions use colons and work as expected.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/djbw/async_tx: (22 commits)
ioat: fix self test for multi-channel case
dmaengine: bump initcall level to arch_initcall
dmaengine: advertise all channels on a device to dma_filter_fn
dmaengine: use idr for registering dma device numbers
dmaengine: add a release for dma class devices and dependent infrastructure
ioat: do not perform removal actions at shutdown
iop-adma: enable module removal
iop-adma: kill debug BUG_ON
iop-adma: let devm do its job, don't duplicate free
dmaengine: kill enum dma_state_client
dmaengine: remove 'bigref' infrastructure
dmaengine: kill struct dma_client and supporting infrastructure
dmaengine: replace dma_async_client_register with dmaengine_get
atmel-mci: convert to dma_request_channel and down-level dma_slave
dmatest: convert to dma_request_channel
dmaengine: introduce dma_request_channel and private channels
net_dma: convert to dma_find_channel
dmaengine: provide a common 'issue_pending_all' implementation
dmaengine: centralize channel allocation, introduce dma_find_channel
dmaengine: up-level reference counting to the module level
...
Reported by Randy Dunlap from a warning in the v2.6.29 merge window
tree as of 2009/1/8.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds GRO support for IPv6. IPv6 GRO supports extension
headers in the same way as GSO (by using the same infrastructure).
It's also simpler compared to IPv4 since we no longer have to worry
about fragmentation attributes or header checksums.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Definitions for the user/kernel API protocol through generic
netlink. User space can copy it verbatim and use it.
Kernel API definition declares the main data types and calls for the
drivers to integrate into the WiMAX stack. Provides usage
documentation.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Use the general-purpose channel allocation provided by dmaengine.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Simply, if a client wants any dmaengine channel then prevent all dmaengine
modules from being removed. Once the clients are done re-enable module
removal.
Why?, beyond reducing complication:
1/ Tracking reference counts per-transaction in an efficient manner, as
is currently done, requires a complicated scheme to avoid cache-line
bouncing effects.
2/ Per-transaction ref-counting gives the false impression that a
dma-driver can be gracefully removed ahead of its user (net, md, or
dma-slave)
3/ None of the in-tree dma-drivers talk to hot pluggable hardware, but
if such an engine were built one day we still would not need to notify
clients of remove events. The driver can simply return NULL to a
->prep() request, something that is much easier for a client to handle.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Acked-by: Maciej Sosnowski <maciej.sosnowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Thanks to excellent diagnosis by Eduard Guzovsky.
The core problem is that on a network with lots of active
multicast traffic, the neighbour cache can fill up. If
we try to allocate a new route and thus neighbour cache
entry, the bog-standard GC attempt the neighbour layer does
in ineffective because route entries hold a reference
to the existing neighbour entries and GC can only liberate
entries with no references.
IPV4 already has a way to handle this, by doing a route cache
GC in such situations (when neigh attach returns -ENOBUFS).
So simply mimick this on the ipv6 side.
Tested-by: Eduard Guzovsky <eguzovsky@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the NetLabel kernel API to expose the new features added in kernel
releases 2.6.25 and 2.6.28: the static/fallback label functionality and network
address based selectors.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1429 commits)
net: Allow dependancies of FDDI & Tokenring to be modular.
igb: Fix build warning when DCA is disabled.
net: Fix warning fallout from recent NAPI interface changes.
gro: Fix potential use after free
sfc: If AN is enabled, always read speed/duplex from the AN advertising bits
sfc: When disabling the NIC, close the device rather than unregistering it
sfc: SFT9001: Add cable diagnostics
sfc: Add support for multiple PHY self-tests
sfc: Merge top-level functions for self-tests
sfc: Clean up PHY mode management in loopback self-test
sfc: Fix unreliable link detection in some loopback modes
sfc: Generate unique names for per-NIC workqueues
802.3ad: use standard ethhdr instead of ad_header
802.3ad: generalize out mac address initializer
802.3ad: initialize ports LACPDU from const initializer
802.3ad: remove typedef around ad_system
802.3ad: turn ports is_individual into a bool
802.3ad: turn ports is_enabled into a bool
802.3ad: make ntt bool
ixgbe: Fix set_ringparam in ixgbe to use the same memory pools.
...
Fixed trivial IPv4/6 address printing conflicts in fs/cifs/connect.c due
to the conversion to %pI (in this networking merge) and the addition of
doing IPv6 addresses (from the earlier merge of CIFS).
See commit 1045b03e07 ("netlink: fix
overrun in attribute iteration") for a detailed explanation of why
this patch is necessary.
In short, nlmsg_next() can make "remaining" go negative, and the
remaining >= sizeof(...) comparison will promote "remaining" to an
unsigned type, which means that the expression will evaluate to
true for negative numbers, even though it was not intended.
I put "theoretical" in the title because I have no evidence that
this can actually happen, but I suspect that a crafted netlink
packet can trigger some badness.
Note that the last test, which seemingly has the exact same
problem (also true for nla_ok()), is perfectly OK, since we
already know that remaining is positive.
Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement socket option SCTP_GET_ASSOC_NUMBER of the latest ietf socket
extensions API draft.
8.2.5. Get the Current Number of Associations (SCTP_GET_ASSOC_NUMBER)
This option gets the current number of associations that are attached
to a one-to-many style socket. The option value is an uint32_t.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide a locking free version of iucv_message_receive and iucv_message_send
that do not call local_bh_enable in a spin_lock_(bh|irqsave)() context.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Data Center Bridging (DCB) had no way to know if setstate had failed in the
driver. This patch enables dcb netlink code to handle the status for the DCB
setstate interface. Likewise it allows the driver to return a failed status
if MSI-X isn't enabled.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W Multanen <eric.w.multanen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements dynamic power save for mac80211. Basically it
means enabling power save mode after an idle period. Implementing it
dynamically gives a good compromise of low power consumption and low
latency. Some hardware have support for this in firmware, but some
require the host to do it.
The dynamic power save is implemented by adding an timeout to
ieee80211_subif_start_xmit(). The timeout can be enabled from userspace
with Wireless Extensions. For example, the command below enables the
dynamic power save and sets the time timeout to 500 ms:
iwconfig wlan0 power timeout 500m
Power save now only works with devices which handle power save in firmware.
It's also disabled by default and the heuristics when and how to enable is
considered as a policy decision and will be left for the userspace to handle.
In case the firmware has support for this, drivers can disable this feature
with IEEE80211_HW_NO_STACK_DYNAMIC_PS.
Big thanks to Johannes Berg for the help with the design and code.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds option for HT-enabled drivers to report HT rates
(HT20/HT40, short GI, MCS index) to mac80211. These rates are
currently not in the rate table, so the rate_idx is used to indicate
MCS index.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
HT management is done differently for AP and STA modes, unify
to just the ->config() callback since HT is fundamentally a
PHY property and cannot be per-BSS.
Rename enum nl80211_sec_chan_offset as nl80211_channel_type to denote
the channel type ( NO_HT, HT20, HT40+, HT40- ).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds signal strength and transmission bitrate
to the station_info of nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Henning Rogge <rogge@fgan.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
GPRS TX flow control won't need to lock the underlying socket anymore.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to pad irda_skb_cb in order to keep it safe accross dev_queue_xmit()
calls. This is some ugly and temporary hack triggered by recent qisc code
changes.
Even though it fixes bugzilla.kernel.org bug #11795, it will be replaced by a
proper fix before 2.6.29 is released.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the TCP-specific portion of GRO. The criterion for
merging is extremely strict (the TCP header must match exactly apart
from the checksum) so as to allow refragmentation. Otherwise this
is pretty much identical to LRO, except that we support the merging
of ECN packets.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds GRO support for IPv4.
The criteria for merging is more stringent than LRO, in particular,
we require all fields in the IP header to be identical except for
the length, ID and checksum. In addition, the ID must form an
arithmetic sequence with a difference of one.
The ID requirement might seem overly strict, however, most hardware
TSO solutions already obey this rule. Linux itself also obeys this
whether GSO is in use or not.
In future we could relax this rule by storing the IDs (or rather
making sure that we don't drop them when pulling the aggregate
skb's tail).
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch replaces the newly introduced sta_notify_ps function,
which can be used to notify the driver about every power state
transition for all associated stations, by integrating its functionality
back into the original sta_notify callback.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no driver that actually does fragmentation on the
device, and the callback is buggy (when it returns an error,
mac80211's fragmentation status is changed so reading the
frag threshold from userspace reads the new value despite
the error). Let's just remove it, if we really find some
hardware supporting it we can add it back later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mention more possible STA entries and document the atomic requirement.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast forwarding netns-aware.
Declare variable 'reg_vif_num' per-namespace, moves into struct netns_ipv6.
At the moment, this variable is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast forwarding netns-aware.
Declare IPv6 multicast forwarding variables 'mroute_do_assert' and
'mroute_do_pim' per-namespace in struct netns_ipv6.
At the moment, these variables are only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast forwarding netns-aware.
Declare variable cache_resolve_queue_len per-namespace: moves it into
struct netns_ipv6.
This variable counts the number of unresolved cache entries queued in the
list mfc_unres_queue. This list is kept global to all netns as the number
of entries per namespace is limited to 10 (hardcoded in routine
ip6mr_cache_unresolved).
Entries belonging to different namespaces in mfc_unres_queue will be
identified by matching the mfc_net member introduced previously in
struct mfc6_cache.
Keeping this list global to all netns, also allows us to keep a single
timer (ipmr_expire_timer) to handle their expiration.
In some places cache_resolve_queue_len value was tested for arming
or deleting the timer. These tests were equivalent to testing
mfc_unres_queue value instead and are replaced in this patch.
At the moment, cache_resolve_queue_len is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast forwarding netns-aware.
Dynamically allocates IPv6 multicast forwarding cache, mfc6_cache_array,
and moves it to struct netns_ipv6.
At the moment, mfc6_cache_array is only referenced in init_net.
Replace 'ARRAY_SIZE(mfc6_cache_array)' with mfc6_cache_array size: MFC6_LINES.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast forwarding netns-aware.
Dynamically allocates interface table vif6_table and moves it to
struct netns_ipv6, and updates MIF_EXISTS() macro.
At the moment, vif6_table is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast forwarding netns-aware.
Make IPv6 multicast forwarding mroute6_socket per-namespace,
moves it into struct netns_ipv6.
At the moment, mroute6_socket is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes htmldocs warning:
Warning(mac80211.h:379): No description found for parameter 'pad[2]'
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch is necessary in order to provide a proper Access point support for p54.
Unfortunately for us, there is no documented way to disable the interfering
power save buffering mechanism in firmware completely.
Therefore we give in and notify the driver through our new sta_notify_ps callback,
so that we can update the filter state.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
No need to pad the header so no constant needed for that,
no need to carry any version number from netbsd nor CVS
IDs from them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
further reducing wext code in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch moves the SIOCGIWNAME handling from mac80211 to cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds new NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY attributes
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SEC_CHAN_OFFSET to allow
userspace to set the operating channel (e.g., hostapd for AP mode).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Conflicts:
fs/nfsd/nfs4recover.c
Manually fixed above to use new creds API functions, e.g.
nfs4_save_creds().
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
With the introduction of CONFIG_DYNAMIC_PRINTK_DEBUG it is possible to
allow debugging without having to recompile the kernel. This patch turns
all BT_DBG() calls into pr_debug() to support dynamic debug messages.
As a side effect all CONFIG_BT_*_DEBUG statements are now removed and
some broken debug entries have been fixed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Bluetooth subsystem was not using the HCI Reset command when doing
device initialization. The Bluetooth 1.0b specification was ambiguous
on how the device firmware was suppose to handle it. Almost every device
was triggering a transport reset at the same time. In case of USB this
ended up in disconnects from the bus.
All modern Bluetooth dongles handle this perfectly fine and a lot of
them actually require that HCI Reset is sent. If not then they are
either stuck in their HID Proxy mode or their internal structures for
inquiry and paging are not correctly setup.
To handle old and new devices smoothly the Bluetooth subsystem contains
a quirk to force the HCI Reset on initialization. However maintaining
such a quirk becomes more and more complicated. This patch turns the
logic around and lets the old devices disable the HCI Reset command.
The only device where the HCI_QUIRK_NO_RESET is still needed are the
original Digianswer devices and dongles with an early CSR firmware.
CSR reported that they fixed this for version 12 firmware. The last
official release of version 11 firmware is build ID 115. The first
version 12 candidate was build ID 117.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is an implementation of David Miller's suggested fix in:
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=470201
It has been updated to use wait_event() instead of
wait_event_interruptible().
Paraphrasing the description from the above report, it makes sendmsg()
block while UNIX garbage collection is in progress. This avoids a
situation where child processes continue to queue new FDs over a
AF_UNIX socket to a parent which is in the exit path and running
garbage collection on these FDs. This contention can result in soft
lockups and oom-killing of unrelated processes.
Signed-off-by: dann frazier <dannf@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since all other gen_estimator functions use bstats and rate_est params
together, and searching for them is optimized now, let's use this also
in gen_estimator_active(). The return type of gen_estimator_active()
is changed to bool, and gen_find_node() parameters to const, btw.
In tcf_act_police_locate() a check for ACT_P_CREATED is added before
calling gen_estimator_active().
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using one atomic_t per protocol, use a percpu_counter
for "orphan_count", to reduce cache line contention on
heavy duty network servers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using one atomic_t per protocol, use a percpu_counter
for "sockets_allocated", to reduce cache line contention on
heavy duty network servers.
Note : We revert commit (248969ae31
net: af_unix can make unix_nr_socks visbile in /proc),
since it is not anymore used after sock_prot_inuse_add() addition
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Found that while trying average rate policing, it was possible to
request average rate policing without a rate estimator. This results
in no policing which is harmless but incorrect.
Since policing could be setup in two steps, need to check
in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make
net.core.xfrm_aevent_etime
net.core.xfrm_acq_expires
net.core.xfrm_aevent_rseqth
net.core.xfrm_larval_drop
sysctls per-netns.
For that make net_core_path[] global, register it to prevent two
/proc/net/core antries and change initcall position -- xfrm_init() is called
from fs_initcall, so this one should be fs_initcall at least.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SA and SPD flush are executed with NULL SA and SPD respectively, for
these cases pass netns explicitly from userspace socket.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass netns pointer to struct xfrm_policy_afinfo::garbage_collect()
[This needs more thoughts on what to do with dst_ops]
[Currently stub to init_net]
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass netns to xfrm_lookup()/__xfrm_lookup(). For that pass netns
to flow_cache_lookup() and resolver callback.
Take it from socket or netdevice. Stub DECnet to init_net.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add netns parameter to xfrm_policy_bysel_ctx(), xfrm_policy_byidx().
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Per-netns hashes are independently resizeable.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Again, to avoid complications with passing netns when not necessary.
Again, ->xp_net is set-once field, once set it never changes.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Disallow spurious wakeups in __xfrm_lookup().
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
State GC is per-netns, and this is part of it.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
km_waitq is going to be made per-netns to disallow spurious wakeups
in __xfrm_lookup().
To not wakeup after every garbage-collected xfrm_state (which potentially
can be from different netns) make state GC list per-netns.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All of this is implicit passing which netns's hashes should be resized.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since hashtables are per-netns, they can be independently resized.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is done to get
a) simple "something leaked" check
b) cover possible DoSes when other netns puts many, many xfrm_states
onto a list.
c) not miss "alien xfrm_state" check in some of list iterators in future.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To avoid unnecessary complications with passing netns around.
* set once, very early after allocating
* once set, never changes
For a while create every xfrm_state in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds API to cfg80211 to allow wireless drivers to inform
us if their firmware can handle regulatory considerations *and*
they cannot map these regulatory domains to an ISO / IEC 3166
alpha2. In these cases we skip the first regulatory hint instead
of expecting the driver to build their own regulatory structure,
providing us with an alpha2, or using the reg_notifier().
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds country IE parsing to mac80211 and enables its usage
within the new regulatory infrastructure in cfg80211. We parse
the country IEs only on management beacons for the BSSID you are
associated to and disregard the IEs when the country and environment
(indoor, outdoor, any) matches the already processed country IE.
To avoid following misinformed or outdated APs we build and use
a regulatory domain out of the intersection between what the AP
provides us on the country IE and what CRDA is aware is allowed
on the same country.
A secondary device is allowed to follow only the same country IE
as it make no sense for two devices on a system to be in two
different countries.
In the case the AP is using country IEs for an incorrect country
the user may help compliance further by setting the regulatory
domain before or after the IE is parsed and in that case another
intersection will be performed.
CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY is supported but requires CRDA
present.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
fix this warning:
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto_tcp.c: In function \u2018tcp_in_window\u2019:
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto_tcp.c:491: warning: unused variable \u2018net\u2019
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto_tcp.c: In function \u2018tcp_packet\u2019:
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto_tcp.c:812: warning: unused variable \u2018net\u2019
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
During SACK processing, most of the benefits of TSO are eaten by
the SACK blocks that one-by-one fragment SKBs to MSS sized chunks.
Then we're in problems when cleanup work for them has to be done
when a large cumulative ACK comes. Try to return back to pre-split
state already while more and more SACK info gets discovered by
combining newly discovered SACK areas with the previous skb if
that's SACKed as well.
This approach has a number of benefits:
1) The processing overhead is spread more equally over the RTT
2) Write queue has less skbs to process (affect everything
which has to walk in the queue past the sacked areas)
3) Write queue is consistent whole the time, so no other parts
of TCP has to be aware of this (this was not the case with
some other approach that was, well, quite intrusive all
around).
4) Clean_rtx_queue can release most of the pages using single
put_page instead of previous PAGE_SIZE/mss+1 calls
In case a hole is fully filled by the new SACK block, we attempt
to combine the next skb too which allows construction of skbs
that are even larger than what tso split them to and it handles
hole per on every nth patterns that often occur during slow start
overshoot pretty nicely. Though this to be really useful also
a retransmission would have to get lost since cumulative ACKs
advance one hole at a time in the most typical case.
TODO: handle upwards only merging. That should be rather easy
when segment is fully sacked but I'm leaving that as future
work item (it won't make very large difference anyway since
this current approach already covers quite a lot of normal
cases).
I was earlier thinking of some sophisticated way of tracking
timestamps of the first and the last segment but later on
realized that it won't be that necessary at all to store the
timestamp of the last segment. The cases that can occur are
basically either:
1) ambiguous => no sensible measurement can be taken anyway
2) non-ambiguous is due to reordering => having the timestamp
of the last segment there is just skewing things more off
than does some good since the ack got triggered by one of
the holes (besides some substle issues that would make
determining right hole/skb even harder problem). Anyway,
it has nothing to do with this change then.
I choose to route some abnormal looking cases with goto noop,
some could be handled differently (eg., by stopping the
walking at that skb but again). In general, they either
shouldn't happen at all or are rare enough to make no difference
in practice.
In theory this change (as whole) could cause some macroscale
regression (global) because of cache misses that are taken over
the round-trip time but it gets very likely better because of much
less (local) cache misses per other write queue walkers and the
big recovery clearing cumulative ack.
Worth to note that these benefits would be very easy to get also
without TSO/GSO being on as long as the data is in pages so that
we can merge them. Currently I won't let that happen because
DSACK splitting at fragment that would mess up pcounts due to
sk_can_gso in tcp_set_skb_tso_segs. Once DSACKs fragments gets
avoided, we have some conditions that can be made less strict.
TODO: I will probably have to convert the excessive pointer
passing to struct sacktag_state... :-)
My testing revealed that considerable amount of skbs couldn't
be shifted because they were cloned (most likely still awaiting
tx reclaim)...
[The rest is considering future work instead since I got
repeatably EFAULT to tcpdump's recvfrom when I added
pskb_expand_head to deal with clones, so I separated that
into another, later patch]
...To counter that, I gave up on the fifth advantage:
5) When growing previous SACK block, less allocs for new skbs
are done, basically a new alloc is needed only when new hole
is detected and when the previous skb runs out of frags space
...which now only happens of if reclaim is fast enough to dispose
the clone before the SACK block comes in (the window is RTT long),
otherwise we'll have to alloc some.
With clones being handled I got these numbers (will be somewhat
worse without that), taken with fine-grained mibs:
TCPSackShifted 398
TCPSackMerged 877
TCPSackShiftFallback 320
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKGSO 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKSKBBITS 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKSKBDATA 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKBELOW 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKFIRST 1
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKPREVBITS 318
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKMSS 1
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKNOHEAD 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKSHIFT 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSENOOPSEQ 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSENOOPSMALLPCOUNT 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSENOOPSMALLLEN 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEHOLE 12
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can reduce pressure on dst entry refcount that slowdown UDP transmit
path on SMP machines. This pressure is visible on RTP servers when
delivering content to mediagateways, especially big ones, handling
thousand of streams. Several cpus send UDP frames to the same
destination, hence use the same dst entry.
This patch makes ip_append_data() eventually steal the refcount its
callers had to take on the dst entry.
This doesnt avoid all refcounting, but still gives speedups on SMP,
on UDP/RAW transmit path
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the last step to be able to perform full RCU lookups
in __inet_lookup() : After established/timewait tables, we
add RCU lookups to listening hash table.
The only trick here is that a socket of a given type (TCP ipv4,
TCP ipv6, ...) can now flight between two different tables
(established and listening) during a RCU grace period, so we
must use different 'nulls' end-of-chain values for two tables.
We define a large value :
#define LISTENING_NULLS_BASE (1U << 29)
So that slots in listening table are guaranteed to have different
end-of-chain values than slots in established table. A reader can
still detect it finished its lookup in the right chain.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the slub allocator is used, kmem_cache_create() may merge two or more
kmem_cache's into one but the cache name pointer is not updated and
kmem_cache_name() is no longer guaranteed to return the pointer passed
to the former function. This patch stores the kmalloc'ed pointers in the
corresponding request_sock_ops and timewait_sock_ops structures.
Signed-off-by: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can avoid some useless instructions if !CONFIG_NET_NS
Because of RCU, we use INET_MATCH or INET_TW_MATCH twice for the found
socket, so thats six instructions less per incoming TCP packet.
Yet another tbench speedup :)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds #include <linux/timer.h> in lib80211.h to avoid
these compilation erros.
> In file included from /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c:24:
> /work/src/wireless-testing/include/net/lib80211.h:113: error: field
> 'crypt_deinit_timer' has incomplete type
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c: In function
> 'lib80211_crypt_info_init':
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c:83: error: implicit
> declaration of function 'setup_timer'
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c: In function
> 'lib80211_crypt_info_free':
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c:95: error: implicit
> declaration of function 'del_timer_sync'
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c: In function
> 'lib80211_crypt_deinit_handler':
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c:157: error:
> implicit declaration of function 'add_timer'
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c: In function
> 'lib80211_crypt_delayed_deinit':
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c:182: error:
> implicit declaration of function 'timer_pending'
> make[3]: *** [net/wireless/lib80211.o] Error 1
> make[2]: *** [net/wireless] Error 2
> make[1]: *** [net] Error 2
> make: *** [sub-make] Error 2
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Otherwise, the BUILD_BUG_ON calls in ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status can
fail on some architectures.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
These bits are shared already between ipw2x00 and hostap, and could
probably be shared both more cleanly and with other drivers. This
commit simply relocates the code to lib80211 and adjusts the drivers
appropriately.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Delete kernel-doc struct descriptions for fields that don't exist:
Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:1263): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'conf_ht' description in 'ieee80211_ops'
Warning(net/mac80211/sta_info.h:309): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'addr' description in 'sta_info'
Warning(net/mac80211/sta_info.h:309): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'aid' description in 'sta_info'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
On ARM alignment is done slightly different from other architectures.
struct ieee80211_tx_rate is aligned to word size, even though it only has 3
single-byte members, which triggers the BUILD_BUG_ON in
ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status
This patch marks the struct ieee80211_tx_rate as packed, so that ARM
behaves like the other architectures.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Adds an interface to configure the Backward Congestion Notification
(BCN) feature. In a BCN capabale network, congestion notifications
from congested points out in the network can cause the end station
limit the rate of a given traffic flow.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds a netlink interface for Data Center Bridging (DCB) to get and set
the enable state of the Priority Flow Control (PFC) feature.
Primarily, this is a way to turn off PFC in the driver while DCB
remains enabled.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds interface for Data Center Bridging (DCB) to query (and set if
supported) the number of traffic classes currently supported by the
device for the two (DCB) features: priority groups (PG) and priority
flow control (PFC).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds to the netlink interface for Data Center Bridging (DCB), allowing
the DCB capabilities supported by a device to be queried.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for Data Center Bridging (DCB) features in the ixgbe
driver and adds an rtnetlink interface for configuring DCB to the
kernel. The DCB feature support included are Priority Grouping (PG) -
which allows bandwidth guarantees to be allocated to groups to traffic
based on the 802.1q priority, and Priority Based Flow Control (PFC) -
which introduces a new MAC control PAUSE frame which works at
granularity of the 802.1p priority instead of the link (IEEE 802.3x).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now TCP & DCCP use RCU lookups, we can convert ehash rwlocks to spinlocks.
/proc/net/tcp and other seq_file 'readers' can safely be converted to 'writers'.
This should speedup writers, since spin_lock()/spin_unlock()
only use one atomic operation instead of two for write_lock()/write_unlock()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch prepares RCU migration of listening_hash table for
TCP/DCCP protocols.
listening_hash table being small (32 slots per protocol), we add
a spinlock for each slot, instead of a single rwlock for whole table.
This should reduce hold time of readers, and writers concurrency.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The first argument to csum_partial is const void *
casts to char/u8 * are not necessary
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before ieee80211_notify_mac() was added, it was presented with the
use case of using it to tell mac80211 that the association may
have been lost because the firmware crashed/reset.
Since then, it has also been used by iwlwifi to (slightly) speed
up re-association after resume, a workaround around the fact that
mac80211 has no suspend/resume handling yet. It is also not used
by any other drivers, so clearly it cannot be necessary for "good
enough" suspend/resume.
Unfortunately, the callback suffers from a severe problem: It only
works for station mode. If suspend/resume happens while in IBSS or
any other mode (but station), then the callback is pointless.
Recently, it has created a number of locking issues, first because
it required rtnl locking rather than RCU due to calling sleeping
functions within the critical section, and now because it's called
by iwlwifi from the mac80211 workqueue that may not use the rtnl
because it is flushed under rtnl.
(cf. http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12046)
I think, therefore, that we should take a step back, remove it
entirely for now and add the small feature it provided properly.
For suspend and resume we will need to introduce new hooks, and for
the case where the firmware was reset the driver will probably
simply just pretend it has done a suspend/resume cycle to get
mac80211 to reprogram the hardware completely, not just try to
connect to the current AP again in station mode. When doing so, we
will need to take into account locking issues and possibly defer
to schedule_work from within mac80211 for the resume operation,
while the suspend operation must be done directly.
Proper suspend/resume should also not necessarily try to reconnect
to the current AP, the time spent in suspend may have been short
enough to not be disconnected from the AP, mac80211 will detect
that the AP went out of range quickly if it did, and if the
association is lost then the AP will disassoc as soon as a data
frame is sent. We might also take into account WWOL then, and
have mac80211 program the hardware into such a mode where it is
available and requested.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
net/netfilter/nfnetlink_log.c:537:1: warning: symbol 'nfulnl_log_packet' was not declared. Should it be static?
Including the proper header also revealed an incorrect prototype.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
As for now, the creation and update of conntracks via ctnetlink do not
propagate an event to userspace. This can result in inconsistent situations
if several userspace processes modify the connection tracking table by means
of ctnetlink at the same time. Specifically, using the conntrack command
line tool and conntrackd at the same time can trigger unconsistencies.
This patch also modifies the event cache infrastructure to pass the
process PID and the ECHO flag to nfnetlink_send() to report back
to userspace if the process that triggered the change needs so.
Based on a suggestion from Patrick McHardy.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch adds module loading for helpers via ctnetlink.
* Creation path: We support explicit and implicit helper assignation. For
the explicit case, we try to load the module. If the module is correctly
loaded and the helper is present, we return EAGAIN to re-start the
creation. Otherwise, we return EOPNOTSUPP.
* Update path: release the spin lock, load the module and check. If it is
present, then return EAGAIN to re-start the update.
This patch provides a refactorized function to lookup-and-set the
connection tracking helper. The function removes the exported symbol
__nf_ct_helper_find as it has not clients anymore.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch adds the macro MODULE_ALIAS_NFCT_HELPER that defines a
way to provide generic and persistent aliases for the connection
tracking helpers.
This next patch requires this patch.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Simply delete ops from list and let list debugging do the job.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As found in the past (commit f1dd9c379c
[NET]: Fix tbench regression in 2.6.25-rc1), it is really
important that struct dst_entry refcount is aligned on a cache line.
We cannot use __atribute((aligned)), so manually pad the structure
for 32 and 64 bit arches.
for 32bit : offsetof(truct dst_entry, __refcnt) is 0x80
for 64bit : offsetof(truct dst_entry, __refcnt) is 0xc0
As it is not possible to guess at compile time cache line size,
we use a generic value of 64 bytes, that satisfies many current arches.
(Using 128 bytes alignment on 64bit arches would waste 64 bytes)
Add a BUILD_BUG_ON to catch future updates to "struct dst_entry" dont
break this alignment.
"tbench 8" is 4.4 % faster on a dual quad core (HP BL460c G1), Intel E5450 @3.00GHz
(2350 MB/s instead of 2250 MB/s)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RCU was added to UDP lookups, using a fast infrastructure :
- sockets kmem_cache use SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU and dont pay the
price of call_rcu() at freeing time.
- hlist_nulls permits to use few memory barriers.
This patch uses same infrastructure for TCP/DCCP established
and timewait sockets.
Thanks to SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU, no slowdown for applications
using short lived TCP connections. A followup patch, converting
rwlocks to spinlocks will even speedup this case.
__inet_lookup_established() is pretty fast now we dont have to
dirty a contended cache line (read_lock/read_unlock)
Only established and timewait hashtable are converted to RCU
(bind table and listen table are still using traditional locking)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a straightforward patch, using hlist_nulls infrastructure.
RCUification already done on UDP two weeks ago.
Using hlist_nulls permits us to avoid some memory barriers, both
at lookup time and delete time.
Patch is large because it adds new macros to include/net/sock.h.
These macros will be used by TCP & DCCP in next patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fix this warning:
net/bluetooth/af_bluetooth.c:60: warning: ‘bt_key_strings’ defined but not used
net/bluetooth/af_bluetooth.c:71: warning: ‘bt_slock_key_strings’ defined but not used
this is a lockdep macro problem in the !LOCKDEP case.
We cannot convert it to an inline because the macro works on multiple types,
but we can mark the parameter used.
[ also clean up a misaligned tab in sock_lock_init_class_and_name() ]
[ also remove #ifdefs from around af_family_clock_key strings - which
were certainly added to get rid of the ugly build warnings. ]
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After implementing qdisc->ops->peek() and changing sch_netem into
classless qdisc there are no more qdisc->ops->requeue() users. This
patch removes this method with its wrappers (qdisc_requeue()), and
also unused qdisc->requeue structure. There are a few minor fixes of
warnings (htb_enqueue()) and comments btw.
The idea to kill ->requeue() and a similar patch were first developed
by David S. Miller.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The urg_ptr field is not used anywhere and is merely confusing.
Signed-off-by: Petr Tesarik <ptesarik@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
security/keys/internal.h
security/keys/process_keys.c
security/keys/request_key.c
Fixed conflicts above by using the non 'tsk' versions.
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Wrap access to task credentials so that they can be separated more easily from
the task_struct during the introduction of COW creds.
Change most current->(|e|s|fs)[ug]id to current_(|e|s|fs)[ug]id().
Change some task->e?[ug]id to task_e?[ug]id(). In some places it makes more
sense to use RCU directly rather than a convenient wrapper; these will be
addressed by later patches.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Every user is under CONFIG_NET_DMA already, so ifdef field as well.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using read_pnet() and write_pnet() in neighbour code ease the reading
of code.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can shrink size of "struct inet_bind_bucket" by 50%, using
read_pnet() and write_pnet()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces two helpers that deal with reading and writing
struct net pointers in various network structures.
Their implementation depends on CONFIG_NET_NS
For symmetry, both functions work with "struct net **pnet".
Their usage should reduce the number of #ifdef CONFIG_NET_NS,
without adding many helpers for each network structure
that hold a "struct net *pointer"
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
->pde isn't actually needed, since name is stashed in ->id.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ensure regulatory converstion macros safely accept
multiple arguments and make REG_RULE() use them.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a new attribute, NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, that can be used with
NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY for userspace (e.g., hostapd) to set TX queue
parameters (txop, cwmin, cwmax, aifs).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a new attribute, NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, that can be used with
NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS for userspace (e.g., hostapd) to set which rates are
in the basic rate set.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds a helper function that, given a bitmap of basic
rates and a bitrate returns the response rate for this rate.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Send a notification to the driver on succesful
reception of an ADDBA response, add IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_RESUME
for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Remove the SSID from the driver API since now there is no
driver that requires knowing the SSID and I think it's
unlikely that any hardware design that does require the
SSID will play well with mac80211.
This also removes support for setting the SSID in master
mode which will require a patch to hostapd to not try.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Previously I assumed that the receive queues of candidates don't
change during the GC. This is only half true, nothing can be received
from the queues (see comment in unix_gc()), but buffers could be added
through the other half of the socket pair, which may still have file
descriptors referring to it.
This can result in inc_inflight_move_tail() erronously increasing the
"inflight" counter for a unix socket for which dec_inflight() wasn't
previously called. This in turn can trigger the "BUG_ON(total_refs <
inflight_refs)" in a later garbage collection run.
Fix this by only manipulating the "inflight" counter for sockets which
are candidates themselves. Duplicating the file references in
unix_attach_fds() is also needed to prevent a socket becoming a
candidate for GC while the skb that contains it is not yet queued.
Reported-by: Andrea Bittau <a.bittau@cs.ucl.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
CC: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
__scm_destroy() walks the list of file descriptors in the scm_fp_list
pointed to by the scm_cookie argument.
Those, in turn, can close sockets and invoke __scm_destroy() again.
There is nothing which limits how deeply this can occur.
The idea for how to fix this is from Linus. Basically, we do all of
the fput()s at the top level by collecting all of the scm_fp_list
objects hit by an fput(). Inside of the initial __scm_destroy() we
keep running the list until it is empty.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This patch adds better IPv6 failover support for bonding devices,
especially when in active-backup mode and there are only IPv6 addresses
configured, as reported by Alex Sidorenko.
- Creates a new file, net/drivers/bonding/bond_ipv6.c, for the
IPv6-specific routines. Both regular bonds and VLANs over bonds
are supported.
- Adds a new tunable, num_unsol_na, to limit the number of unsolicited
IPv6 Neighbor Advertisements that are sent on a failover event.
Default is 1.
- Creates two new IPv6 neighbor discovery functions:
ndisc_build_skb()
ndisc_send_skb()
These were required to support VLANs since we have to be able to
add the VLAN id to the skb since ndisc_send_na() and friends
shouldn't be asked to do this. These two routines are basically
__ndisc_send() split into two pieces, in a slightly different order.
- Updates Documentation/networking/bonding.txt and bumps the rev of bond
support to 3.4.0.
On failover, this new code will generate one packet:
- An unsolicited IPv6 Neighbor Advertisement, which helps the switch
learn that the address has moved to the new slave.
Testing has shown that sending just the NA results in pretty good
behavior when in active-back mode, I saw no lost ping packets for example.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <fubar@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com>
A packet dequeued and stored as gso_skb in qdisc_peek_dequeued() should
be seen as part of the queue for sch->q.qlen queries until it's really
dequeued with qdisc_dequeue_peeked(), so qlen needs additional updating
in these functions. (Updating qstats.backlog shouldn't matter here.)
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch modifies xt_NFLOG to suppress the call to nf_log_packet()
function. The call of this wrapper in xt_NFLOG was causing NFLOG to
use the first initialized module. Thus, if ipt_ULOG is loaded before
nfnetlink_log all NFLOG rules are treated as plain LOG rules.
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@inl.fr>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Remove the 'supports_ipv6' scheduler flag since all schedulers now
support IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <julius.volz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One parameter wasn't described and one I forgot to update when
renaming it; also update TBDs in sta_info.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The code needs to be split out and cleaned up, so as a
first step remove the capability, to add it back in a
subsequent patch as a separate function. Also remove the
publically facing return value of the function and the
wiphy argument. A number of internal functions go from
being generic helpers to just being used for alpha2
setting.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The regdom struct is given to the core, so it might as well
free it in error conditions.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Wireless HW without any dedicated queues for aggregation
do not need the ampdu_queues mechanism present right now
in mac80211. Since mac80211 is still incomplete wrt TX MQ
changes, do not allow aggregation sessions for drivers that
set ampdu_queues.
This is only an interim hack until Intel fixes the requeue issue.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis Rodriguez <Luis.Rodriguez@Atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It is unnecessary and of questionable value. Also remove
is_empty_ssid, as it is also unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This function requires an internal lock to be held, so it cannot
be published to other modules in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Correct a handful of errors found while reading the mac80211 book.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The two new commands are NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS and
NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS. There is a new attribute enum,
NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS, which enumerates the various mesh configuration
parameters.
Moved struct mesh_config from mac80211/ieee80211_i.h to net/cfg80211.h.
nl80211_get_mesh_params and nl80211_set_mesh_params unpack the netlink messages
and ask the driver to get or set the configuration. This is done via two new
function stubs, get_mesh_params and set_mesh_params, in struct cfg80211_ops.
Signed-off-by: Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
"Clearing" the rate control algorithm is pointless, none of
the algorithms actually uses this operation and it's not even
invoked properly for all channel switching. Also, there's no
need to since rate control algorithms work per station.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how
convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for
everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now
taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control,
most drivers don't support that though.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The HT handling has the following deficiencies, which I've
(partially) fixed:
* it always uses the AP info even if there is no AP,
hence has no chance of working as an AP
* it pretends to be HW config, but really is per-BSS
* channel sanity checking is left to the drivers
* it generally lets the driver control too much
HT enabling is still wrong with this patch if you have more than
one virtual STA mode interface, but that never happens currently.
Once WDS, IBSS or AP/VLAN gets HT capabilities, it will also be
wrong, see the comment in ieee80211_enable_ht().
Additionally, this fixes a number of bugs:
* mac80211: ieee80211_set_disassoc doesn't notify the driver any
more since the refactoring
* iwl-agn-rs: always uses the HT capabilities from the wrong stuff
mac80211 gives it rather than the actual peer STA
* ath9k: a number of bugs resulting from the broken HT API
I'm not entirely happy with putting the HT capabilities into
struct ieee80211_sta as restricted to our own HT TX capabilities,
but I see no cleaner solution for now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Move bss_conf into the vif struct so that drivers can
access it during ->tx without having to store it in
the private data or similar. No driver updates because
this is only for when they want to start using it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of having a separate callback, use the HW config callback
with a new flag to change retry limits.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This makes mac80211 notify the driver which configuration
actually changed, e.g. channel etc.
No driver changes, this is just plumbing, driver authors are
expected to act on this if they want to.
Also remove the HW CONFIG debug printk, it's incorrect, often
we configure something else.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch cleans up a number of things:
* the unusable definition of the HT capabilities/HT information
information elements
* variable names that are hard to understand
* mac80211: move ieee80211_handle_ht to ht.c and remove the unused
enable_ht parameter
* mac80211: fix bug with MCS rate 32 in ieee80211_handle_ht
* mac80211: fix bug with casting the result of ieee80211_bss_get_ie
to an information element _contents_ rather than the
whole element, add size checking (another out-of-bounds
access bug fixed!)
* mac80211: remove some unused return values in favour of BUG_ON
checking
* a few minor other things
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch makes mac80211 handle short slot requests from the AP
properly. Also warn about uses of IEEE80211_CONF_SHORT_SLOT_TIME
and optimise out the code since it cannot ever be hit anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The antenna gain isn't exactly configurable, despite the belief of
some unnamed individual who thinks that the EEPROM might influence
it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This isn't used by anyone, if we ever need it we can add
it back, until then it's useless.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Using NIPQUAD() with NIPQUAD_FMT, %d.%d.%d.%d or %u.%u.%u.%u
can be replaced with %pI4
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds qdisc_peek_dequeued() wrapper to emulate peek method
with qdisc->dequeue() and storing "peeked" skb in qdisc->gso_skb until
dequeuing. This is mainly for compatibility reasons not to break some
strange configs because peeking is expected for non-work-conserving
parent qdiscs to query work-conserving child qdiscs.
This implementation requires using qdisc_dequeue_peeked() wrapper
instead of directly calling qdisc->dequeue() for all qdiscs ever
querried with qdisc->ops->peek() or qdisc_peek_dequeued().
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Just as a demonstration how easy adding a peek operation to the
work-conserving qdiscs actually is. It doesn't need to keep or change
any internal state in many cases thanks to the guarantee that the
packet will either be dequeued or, if another packet arrives, the
upper qdisc will immediately ->peek again to reevaluate the state.
(This is only slightly modified Patrick's patch.)
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add Qdisc_ops peek() method in order to replace requeuing.
Based on ideas and patches of Herbert Xu, Patrick McHardy and
David S. Miller.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netns ops which are registered with register_pernet_gen_device() are
shutdown strictly before those which are registered with
register_pernet_subsys(). Sometimes this leads to opposite (read: buggy)
shutdown ordering between two modules.
Add register_pernet_gen_subsys()/unregister_pernet_gen_subsys() for modules
which aren't elite enough for entry in struct net, and which can't use
register_pernet_gen_device(). PPTP conntracking module is such one.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove excess kernel-doc function parameters from networking header
& driver files:
Warning(include/net/sock.h:946): Excess function parameter or struct member 'sk' description in 'sk_filter_release'
Warning(include/linux/netdevice.h:1545): Excess function parameter or struct member 'cpu' description in 'netif_tx_lock'
Warning(drivers/net/wan/z85230.c:712): Excess function parameter or struct member 'regs' description in 'z8530_interrupt'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Corey Minyard found a race added in commit 271b72c7fa
(udp: RCU handling for Unicast packets.)
"If the socket is moved from one list to another list in-between the
time the hash is calculated and the next field is accessed, and the
socket has moved to the end of the new list, the traversal will not
complete properly on the list it should have, since the socket will
be on the end of the new list and there's not a way to tell it's on a
new list and restart the list traversal. I think that this can be
solved by pre-fetching the "next" field (with proper barriers) before
checking the hash."
This patch corrects this problem, introducing a new
sk_for_each_rcu_safenext() macro.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Goals are :
1) Optimizing handling of incoming Unicast UDP frames, so that no memory
writes should happen in the fast path.
Note: Multicasts and broadcasts still will need to take a lock,
because doing a full lockless lookup in this case is difficult.
2) No expensive operations in the socket bind/unhash phases :
- No expensive synchronize_rcu() calls.
- No added rcu_head in socket structure, increasing memory needs,
but more important, forcing us to use call_rcu() calls,
that have the bad property of making sockets structure cold.
(rcu grace period between socket freeing and its potential reuse
make this socket being cold in CPU cache).
David did a previous patch using call_rcu() and noticed a 20%
impact on TCP connection rates.
Quoting Cristopher Lameter :
"Right. That results in cacheline cooldown. You'd want to recycle
the object as they are cache hot on a per cpu basis. That is screwed
up by the delayed regular rcu processing. We have seen multiple
regressions due to cacheline cooldown.
The only choice in cacheline hot sensitive areas is to deal with the
complexity that comes with SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU or give up on RCU."
- Because udp sockets are allocated from dedicated kmem_cache,
use of SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU can help here.
Theory of operation :
---------------------
As the lookup is lockfree (using rcu_read_lock()/rcu_read_unlock()),
special attention must be taken by readers and writers.
Use of SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU is tricky too, because a socket can be freed,
reused, inserted in a different chain or in worst case in the same chain
while readers could do lookups in the same time.
In order to avoid loops, a reader must check each socket found in a chain
really belongs to the chain the reader was traversing. If it finds a
mismatch, lookup must start again at the begining. This *restart* loop
is the reason we had to use rdlock for the multicast case, because
we dont want to send same message several times to the same socket.
We use RCU only for fast path.
Thus, /proc/net/udp still takes spinlocks.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
UDP sockets are hashed in a 128 slots hash table.
This hash table is protected by *one* rwlock.
This rwlock is readlocked each time an incoming UDP message is handled.
This rwlock is writelocked each time a socket must be inserted in
hash table (bind time), or deleted from this table (close time)
This is not scalable on SMP machines :
1) Even in read mode, lock() and unlock() are atomic operations and
must dirty a contended cache line, shared by all cpus.
2) A writer might be starved if many readers are 'in flight'. This can
happen on a machine with some NIC receiving many UDP messages. User
process can be delayed a long time at socket creation/dismantle time.
This patch prepares RCU migration, by introducing 'struct udp_table
and struct udp_hslot', and using one spinlock per chain, to reduce
contention on central rwlock.
Introducing one spinlock per chain reduces latencies, for port
randomization on heavily loaded UDP servers. This also speedup
bindings to specific ports.
udp_lib_unhash() was uninlined, becoming to big.
Some cleanups were done to ease review of following patch
(RCUification of UDP Unicast lookups)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a patch to provide on demand route cache rebuilding. Currently, our
route cache is rebulid periodically regardless of need. This introduced
unneeded periodic latency. This patch offers a better approach. Using code
provided by Eric Dumazet, we compute the standard deviation of the average hash
bucket chain length while running rt_check_expire. Should any given chain
length grow to larger that average plus 4 standard deviations, we trigger an
emergency hash table rebuild for that net namespace. This allows for the common
case in which chains are well behaved and do not grow unevenly to not incur any
latency at all, while those systems (which may be being maliciously attacked),
only rebuild when the attack is detected. This patch take 2 other factors into
account:
1) chains with multiple entries that differ by attributes that do not affect the
hash value are only counted once, so as not to unduly bias system to rebuilding
if features like QOS are heavily used
2) if rebuilding crosses a certain threshold (which is adjustable via the added
sysctl in this patch), route caching is disabled entirely for that net
namespace, since constant rebuilding is less efficient that no caching at all
Tested successfully by me.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix mac80211.h kernel-doc: it had some extra parameters that were
no longer valid and incorrect format for a return value in 2 places.
Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1487): Excess function parameter or struct member 'control' description in 'ieee80211_beacon_get'
Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1596): Excess function parameter or struct member 'control' description in 'ieee80211_get_buffered_bc'
Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1632): Excess function parameter or struct member 'rc4key' description in 'ieee80211_get_tkip_key'
Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1735): Excess function parameter or struct member 'return' description in 'ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session'
Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1775): Excess function parameter or struct member 'return' description in 'ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fixes an OOPS in hard_header if a Phonet address is assigned to a
non-Phonet network interface.
Signed-off-by: Remi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (29 commits)
tcp: Restore ordering of TCP options for the sake of inter-operability
net: Fix disjunct computation of netdev features
sctp: Fix to handle SHUTDOWN in SHUTDOWN_RECEIVED state
sctp: Fix to handle SHUTDOWN in SHUTDOWN-PENDING state
sctp: Add check for the TSN field of the SHUTDOWN chunk
sctp: Drop ICMP packet too big message with MTU larger than current PMTU
p54: enable 2.4/5GHz spectrum by eeprom bits.
orinoco: reduce stack usage in firmware download path
ath5k: fix suspend-related oops on rmmod
[netdrvr] fec_mpc52xx: Implement polling, to make netconsole work.
qlge: Fix MSI/legacy single interrupt bug.
smc911x: Make the driver safer on SMP
smc911x: Add IRQ polarity configuration
smc911x: Allow Kconfig dependency on ARM
sis190: add identifier for Atheros AR8021 PHY
8139x: reduce message severity on driver overlap
igb: add IGB_DCA instead of selecting INTEL_IOATDMA
igb: fix tx data corruption with transition to L0s on 82575
ehea: Fix memory hotplug support
netdev: DM9000: remove BLACKFIN hacking in DM9000 netdev driver
...
Once an endpoint has reached the SHUTDOWN-RECEIVED state,
it MUST NOT send a SHUTDOWN in response to a ULP request.
The Cumulative TSN Ack of the received SHUTDOWN chunk
MUST be processed.
This patch fix to process Cumulative TSN Ack of the received
SHUTDOWN chunk in SHUTDOWN_RECEIVED state.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several sparse warnings were introduced by patches accepted during the merge
window which weren't caught. This patch fixes those warnings.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This patch implements the RDMA transport provider for 9P. It allows
mounts to be performed over iWARP and IB capable network interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Latchesar Ionkov <lionkov@lanl.gov>
Fixes build problem with 9p when building with debug disabled.
Also contains some fixes for warnings which pop up when
CONFIG_NET_9P_DEBUG is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
* 'for-next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs: (26 commits)
9p: add more conservative locking
9p: fix oops in protocol stat parsing error path.
9p: fix device file handling
9p: Improve debug support
9p: eliminate depricated conv functions
9p: rework client code to use new protocol support functions
9p: remove unnecessary tag field from p9_req_t structure
9p: remove 9p fcall debug prints
9p: add new protocol support code
9p: encapsulate version function
9p: move dirread to fs layer
9p: adjust 9p vfs write operation
9p: move readn meta-function from client to fs layer
9p: consolidate read/write functions
9p: drop broken unused error path from p9_conn_create()
9p: make rpc code common and rework flush code
9p: use the rcall structure passed in the request in trans_fd read_work
9p: apply common request code to trans_fd
9p: apply common tagpool handling to trans_fd
9p: move request management to client code
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
netfilter: replace old NF_ARP calls with NFPROTO_ARP
netfilter: fix compilation error with NAT=n
netfilter: xt_recent: use proc_create_data()
netfilter: snmp nat leaks memory in case of failure
netfilter: xt_iprange: fix range inversion match
netfilter: netns: use NFPROTO_NUMPROTO instead of NUMPROTO for tables array
netfilter: ctnetlink: remove obsolete NAT dependency from Kconfig
pkt_sched: sch_generic: Fix oops in sch_teql
dccp: Port redirection support for DCCP
tcp: Fix IPv6 fallout from 'Port redirection support for TCP'
netdev: change name dropping error codes
ipvs: Update CONFIG_IP_VS_IPV6 description and help text
The netfilter families have been decoupled from regular protocol families.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new debug support lacks some of the information that the previous fcprint
code provided -- this patch focuses on better presentation of debug data along
with more helpful debug along error paths.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Remove depricated conv functions which have been replaced with new
protocol routines.
This patch also reworks the one instance of the file-system code which
directly calls conversion routines (to accomplish unpacking dirreads).
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Now that the new protocol functions are in place, this patch switches
the client code to using the new support code.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
One of the current debug options allows users to get a verbose dump of fcalls.
This isn't really necessary as correctly parsed protocol frames can be printed
as part of the code in the client functions. The consolidated printfcalls
structure would require new entries to be added for every extension. This
patch removes the debug print methods and their use.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This adds a new protocol processing support code based on Anthony Liguori's
9p library code. This code performs protocol marshalling/unmarshalling using
printf like strings to represent protocol elements. It is my intent to use
them to replace the current functions in conv.c as well as the
p9_create_* functions.
This should make the client implementation much more clear, and also make it
much easier to add new protocol extensions by limiting the number of places
in which changes need to be made.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Currently reading a directory is implemented in the client code.
This function is not actually a wire operation, but a meta operation
which calls read operations and processes the results.
This patch moves this functionality to the fs layer and calls component
wire operations instead of constructing their packets. This provides a
cleaner separation and will help when we reorganize the client functions
and protocol processing methods.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
There are a couple of methods in the client code which aren't actually
wire operations. To keep things organized cleaner, these operations are
being moved to the fs layer.
This patch moves the readn meta-function (which executes multiple wire
reads until a buffer is full) to the fs layer.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Currently there are two separate versions of read and write. One for
dealing with user buffers and the other for dealing with kernel buffers.
There is a tremendous amount of code duplication in the otherwise
identical versions of these functions. This patch adds an additional
user buffer parameter to read and write and conditionalizes handling of
the buffer on whether the kernel buffer or the user buffer is populated.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This code moves the rpc function to the common client base,
reorganizes the flush code to be more simple and stable, and
makes the necessary adjustments to the underlying transports
to adapt to the new structure.
This reduces the overall amount of code duplication between the
transports and should make adding new transports more straightforward.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
The virtio transport uses a simplified request management system
that I want to use for all transports. This patch adapts and moves the
exisiting code for managing requests to the client common code.
Later patches will apply these mechanisms to the other transports.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Right now there is a transport module structure which provides per-transport
type functions and data and a transport structure which contains per-instance
public data as well as function pointers to instance specific functions.
This patch moves public transport visible instance data to the client
structure (which in some cases had duplicate data) and consolidates the
functions into the transport module structure.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
name and nlen parameters passed to ->strategy hook are unused, remove
them. In general ->strategy hook should know what it's doing, and don't
do something tricky for which, say, pointer to original userspace array
may be needed (name).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> [ networking bits ]
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
__FUNCTION__ is gcc-specific, use __func__
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Fix kernel-doc warnings in mac80211.h.
Fields need real explanations added to them.
Warning(lin2627-g3-kdocfixes//include/net/mac80211.h:659): No description found for parameter 'icv_len'
Warning(lin2627-g3-kdocfixes//include/net/mac80211.h:659): No description found for parameter 'iv_len'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch removes the module dependency between ctnetlink and
nf_nat by means of an indirect call that is initialized when
nf_nat is loaded. Now, nf_conntrack_netlink only requires
nf_conntrack and nfnetlink.
This patch puts nfnetlink_parse_nat_setup_hook into the
nf_conntrack_core to avoid dependencies between ctnetlink,
nf_conntrack_ipv4 and nf_conntrack_ipv6.
This patch also introduces the function ctnetlink_change_nat
that is only invoked from the creation path. Actually, the
nat handling cannot be invoked from the update path since
this is not allowed. By introducing this function, we remove
the useless nat handling in the update path and we avoid
deadlock-prone code.
This patch also adds the required EAGAIN logic for nfnetlink.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dummy version of 'nf_conntrack_event_cache()' (used when the
NF_CONNTRACK_EVENTS config option is not enabled) had not been updated
when the calling convention changed.
This was introduced by commit a71996fccc
("netfilter: netns nf_conntrack: pass conntrack to
nf_conntrack_event_cache() not skb")
Tssk.
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Add the necessary NetLabel support for the new CIPSO mapping,
CIPSO_V4_MAP_LOCAL, which allows full LSM label/context support.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This patch accomplishes three minor tasks: add a new tag type for local
labeling, rename the CIPSO_V4_MAP_STD define to CIPSO_V4_MAP_TRANS and
replace some of the CIPSO "magic numbers" with constants from the header
file. The first change allows CIPSO to support full LSM labels/contexts,
not just MLS attributes. The second change brings the mapping names inline
with what userspace is using, compatibility is preserved since we don't
actually change the value. The last change is to aid readability and help
prevent mistakes.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
This patch provides support for including the LSM's secid in addition to
the LSM's MLS information in the NetLabel security attributes structure.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Previous work enabled the use of address based NetLabel selectors, which while
highly useful, brought the potential for additional per-packet overhead when
used. This patch attempts to solve that by applying NetLabel socket labels
when sockets are connect()'d. This should alleviate the per-packet NetLabel
labeling for all connected sockets (yes, it even works for connected DGRAM
sockets).
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This patch builds upon the new NetLabel address selector functionality by
providing the NetLabel KAPI and CIPSO engine support needed to enable the
new packet-based labeling. The only new addition to the NetLabel KAPI at
this point is shown below:
* int netlbl_skbuff_setattr(skb, family, secattr)
... and is designed to be called from a Netfilter hook after the packet's
IP header has been populated such as in the FORWARD or LOCAL_OUT hooks.
This patch also provides the necessary SELinux hooks to support this new
functionality. Smack support is not currently included due to uncertainty
regarding the permissions needed to expand the Smack network access controls.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This patch extends the NetLabel traffic labeling capabilities to individual
packets based not only on the LSM domain but the by the destination address
as well. The changes here only affect the core NetLabel infrastructre,
changes to the NetLabel KAPI and individial protocol engines are also
required but are split out into a different patch to ease review.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
NetLabel has always had a list of backpointers in the CIPSO DOI definition
structure which pointed to the NetLabel LSM domain mapping structures which
referenced the CIPSO DOI struct. The rationale for this was that when an
administrator removed a CIPSO DOI from the system all of the associated
NetLabel LSM domain mappings should be removed as well; a list of
backpointers made this a simple operation.
Unfortunately, while the backpointers did make the removal easier they were
a bit of a mess from an implementation point of view which was making
further development difficult. Since the removal of a CIPSO DOI is a
realtively rare event it seems to make sense to remove this backpointer
list as the optimization was hurting us more then it was helping. However,
we still need to be able to track when a CIPSO DOI definition is being used
so replace the backpointer list with a reference count. In order to
preserve the current functionality of removing the associated LSM domain
mappings when a CIPSO DOI is removed we walk the LSM domain mapping table,
removing the relevant entries.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
At some point I think I messed up and dropped the calls to netlbl_skbuff_err()
which are necessary for CIPSO to send error notifications to remote systems.
This patch re-introduces the error handling calls into the SELinux code.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
After some discussions with the Smack folks, well just Casey, I now have a
better idea of what Smack wants out of NetLabel in the future so I think it
is now safe to do some API "pruning". If another LSM comes along that
needs this functionality we can always add it back in, but I don't see any
LSMs on the horizon which might make use of these functions.
Thanks to Rami Rosen who suggested removing netlbl_cfg_cipsov4_del() back
in February 2008.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This patch add missing braces of today's net-next-2.6:
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h
Signed-off-by: Guo-Fu Tseng <cooldavid@cooldavid.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the RX/TX byte counters for IPIP, GRE and SIT more
consistent. Previously we included the external IP headers on the
way out but not when the packet is inbound.
The new scheme is to count payload only in both directions. For
IPIP and SIT this simply means the exclusion of the external IP
header. For GRE this means that we exclude the GRE header as
well.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for the Trailer switch tagging format. This is
another tagging that doesn't explicitly mark tagged packets with a
distinct ethertype, so that we need to add a similar hack in the
receive path as for the Original DSA tagging format.
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of the DSA switches currently in the field do not support the
Ethertype DSA tagging format that one of the previous patches added
support for, but only the original DSA tagging format.
The original DSA tagging format carries the same information as the
Ethertype DSA tagging format, but with the difference that it does not
have an ethertype field. In other words, when receiving a packet that
is tagged with an original DSA tag, there is no way of telling in
eth_type_trans() that this packet is in fact a DSA-tagged packet.
This patch adds a hook into eth_type_trans() which is only compiled in
if support for a switch chip that doesn't support Ethertype DSA is
selected, and which checks whether there is a DSA switch driver
instance attached to this network device which uses the old tag format.
If so, it sets the protocol field to ETH_P_DSA without looking at the
packet, so that the packet ends up in the right place.
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The gabs array in the sctp_tsnmap structure is only used
in one place, sctp_make_sack(). As such, carrying the
array around in the sctp_tsnmap and thus directly in
the sctp_association is rather pointless since most
of the time it's just taking up space. Now, let
sctp_make_sack create and populate it and then throw
it away when it's done.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tsn map currently use is 4K large and is stuck inside
the sctp_association structure making memory references REALLY
expensive. What we really need is at most 4K worth of bits
so the biggest map we would have is 512 bytes. Also, the
map is only really usefull when we have gaps to store and
report. As such, starting with minimal map of say 32 TSNs (bits)
should be enough for normal low-loss operations. We can grow
the map by some multiple of 32 along with some extra room any
time we receive the TSN which would put us outside of the map
boundry. As we close gaps, we can shift the map to rebase
it on the latest TSN we've seen. This saves 4088 bytes per
association just in the map alone along savings from the now
unnecessary structure members.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I noticed sysctl_local_port_range[] and its associated seqlock
sysctl_local_port_range_lock were on separate cache lines.
Moreover, sysctl_local_port_range[] was close to unrelated
variables, highly modified, leading to cache misses.
Moving these two variables in a structure can help data
locality and moving this structure to read_mostly section
helps sharing of this data among cpus.
Cleanup of extern declarations (moved in include file where
they belong), and use of inet_get_local_port_range()
accessor instead of direct access to ports values.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The iptables tproxy core is a module that contains the common routines used by
various tproxy related modules (TPROXY target and socket match)
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Netfilter connection tracking requires all IPv4 packets to be defragmented.
Both the socket match and the TPROXY target depend on this functionality, so
this patch separates the Netfilter IPv4 defrag hooks into a separate module.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Same story as with iptable_filter, iptables_raw tables.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Note, sysctl table is always duplicated, this is simpler and less
special-cased.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Heh, last minute proof-reading of this patch made me think,
that this is actually unneeded, simply because "ct" pointers will be
different for different conntracks in different netns, just like they
are different in one netns.
Not so sure anymore.
[Patrick: pointers will be different, flushing can only be done while
inactive though and thus it needs to be per netns]
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This is cleaner, we already know conntrack to which event is relevant.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Again, it's deducible from skb, but we're going to use it for
nf_conntrack_checksum and statistics, so just pass it from upper layer.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
It's deducible from skb->dev or skb->dst->dev, but we know netns at
the moment of call, so pass it down and use for finding and creating
conntracks.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
What is confirmed connection in one netns can very well be unconfirmed
in another one.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Make per-netns a) expectation hash and b) expectations count.
Expectations always belongs to netns to which it's master conntrack belong.
This is natural and doesn't bloat expectation.
Proc files and leaf users are stubbed to init_net, this is temporary.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* make per-netns conntrack hash
Other solution is to add ->ct_net pointer to tuplehashes and still has one
hash, I tried that it's ugly and requires more code deep down in protocol
modules et al.
* propagate netns pointer to where needed, e. g. to conntrack iterators.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Sysctls and proc files are stubbed to init_net's one. This is temporary.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Conntrack (struct nf_conn) gets pointer to netns: ->ct_net -- netns in which
it was created. It comes from netdevice.
->ct_net is write-once field.
Every conntrack in system has ->ct_net initialized, no exceptions.
->ct_net doesn't pin netns: conntracks are recycled after timeouts and
pinning background traffic will prevent netns from even starting shutdown
sequence.
Right now every conntrack is created in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
One comment: #ifdefs around #include is necessary to overcome amazing compile
breakages in NOTRACK-in-netns patch (see below).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
and (try to) consistently use u_int8_t for the L3 family.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Wrap calling sk->sk_backlog_rcv() in a function. This will allow extending the
generic sk_backlog_rcv behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the socket cached in the skb if it's present.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To be able to use the cached socket reference in the skb during input
processing we add a new set of lookup functions that receive the skb on
their argument list.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adjusts the rate control API to allow multi-rate retry
if supported by the driver. The ieee80211_hw struct specifies how
many alternate rate selections the driver supports.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Free up 2 bytes in skb->cb to be used for multi-rate retry later.
Move iv_len and icv_len initialization into key alloc.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Jay Cliburn noticed and diagnosed a bug triggered in
dev_gso_skb_destructor() after last change from qdisc->gso_skb
to qdisc->requeue list. Since gso_segmented skbs can't be queued
to another list this patch brings back qdisc->gso_skb for them.
Reported-by: Jay Cliburn <jcliburn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provides implementation of the enhancements of XFRM/PF_KEY MIGRATE mechanism
specified in draft-ebalard-mext-pfkey-enhanced-migrate-00. Defines associated
PF_KEY SADB_X_EXT_KMADDRESS extension and XFRM/netlink XFRMA_KMADDRESS
attribute.
Signed-off-by: Arnaud Ebalard <arno@natisbad.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This protocol provides some connection handling and negotiated
congestion control. Nokia cellular modems use it for bulk transfers.
It provides packet boundaries (hence SOCK_SEQPACKET). Congestion
control is per packet rather per byte, so we do not re-use the
generic socket memory accounting.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_is_any() function that is used to check for wildcard addresses
only looks at the address itself to determine the address family.
This function is used in the API to check the address passed in from
the user. If the user simply zerroes out the sockaddr_storage and
pass that in, we'll end up failing. So, let's try harder to determine
the address family by also checking the socket if it's possible.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
sctp_chunks should be put on a diet. This is some of the low hanging
fruit that we can strip out. Changes all the __s8/__u8 flags to
bitfields. Saves 12 bytes per chunk.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
The iptables tproxy code has to be able to do UDP socket hash lookups,
so we have to provide an exported lookup function for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current TCP code relies on the local port of the listening socket
being the same as the destination address of the incoming
connection. Port redirection used by many transparent proxying
techniques obviously breaks this, so we have to store the original
destination port address.
This patch extends struct inet_request_sock and stores the incoming
destination port value there. It also modifies the handshake code to
use that value as the source port when sending reply packets.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Netfilter's ip_route_me_harder() tries to re-route packets either
generated or re-routed by Netfilter. This patch changes
ip_route_me_harder() to handle packets from non-locally-bound sockets
with IP_TRANSPARENT set as local and to set the appropriate flowi
flags when re-doing the routing lookup.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TCP stack sends out SYN+ACK/ACK/RST reply packets in response to
incoming packets. The non-local source address check on output bites
us again, as replies for transparently redirected traffic won't have a
chance to leave the node.
This patch selectively sets the FLOWI_FLAG_ANYSRC flag when doing the
route lookup for those replies. Transparent replies are enabled if the
listening socket has the transparent socket flag set.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set FLOWI_FLAG_ANYSRC in flowi->flags if the socket has the
transparent socket option set. This way we selectively enable certain
connections with non-local source addresses to be routed.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inet_iif() in inet_sock.h requires route.h. Since users of inet_iif()
usually require other route.h functionality anyway this patch moves
inet_iif() to route.h.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces the IP_TRANSPARENT socket option: enabling that
will make the IPv4 routing omit the non-local source address check on
output. Setting IP_TRANSPARENT requires NET_ADMIN capability.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_route_output() contains a check to make sure that no flows with
non-local source IP addresses are routed. This obviously makes using
such addresses impossible.
This patch introduces a flowi flag which makes omitting this check
possible. The new flag provides a way of handling transparent and
non-transparent connections differently.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Herbert Xu came up with the idea and the original patch to make
xfrm_state dump list contain also dumpers:
As it is we go to extraordinary lengths to ensure that states
don't go away while dumpers go to sleep. It's much easier if
we just put the dumpers themselves on the list since they can't
go away while they're going.
I've also changed the order of addition on new states to prevent
a never-ending dump.
Timo Teräs improved the patch to apply cleanly to latest tree,
modified iteration code to be more readable by using a common
struct for entries in the list, implemented the same idea for
xfrm_policy dumping and moved the af_key specific "last" entry
caching to af_key.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Timo Teras <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since call to function sctp_sf_abort_violation() need paramter 'arg' with
'struct sctp_chunk' type, it will read the chunk type and chunk length from
the chunk_hdr member of chunk. But call to sctp_sf_violation_paramlen()
always with 'struct sctp_paramhdr' type's parameter, it will be passed to
sctp_sf_abort_violation(). This may cause kernel panic.
sctp_sf_violation_paramlen()
|-- sctp_sf_abort_violation()
|-- sctp_make_abort_violation()
This patch fixed this problem. This patch also fix two place which called
sctp_sf_violation_paramlen() with wrong paramter type.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
9p trans modules aren't refcounted nor were they unregistered
properly. Fix it.
* Add 9p_trans_module->owner and reference the module on each trans
instance creation and put it on destruction.
* Protect v9fs_trans_list with a spinlock. This isn't strictly
necessary as the list is manipulated only during module loading /
unloading but it's a good idea to make the API safe.
* Unregister trans modules when the corresponding module is being
unloaded.
* While at it, kill unnecessary EXPORT_SYMBOL on p9_trans_fd_init().
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Long awaited, hard work. This patch totally cleans up the rate control
API to remove the requirement to include internal headers outside of
net/mac80211/.
There's one internal use in the PID algorithm left for mesh networking,
we'll have to figure out a way to clean that one up and decide how to
do the peer link evaluation, possibly independent of the rate control
algorithm or via new API.
Additionally, ath9k is left using the cross-inclusion hack for now, we
will add new API where necessary to make this work properly, but right
now I'm not expert enough to do it. It's still off better than before.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch makes cfg80211 show the interface in the nl80211
information about a specific interface. API users are required
to keep the type updated (everything else is fairly complicated)
but you will get a warning if you fail to keep it updated.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Luis added the regulatory hint stuff to this file without
observing that __ieee80211_get_channel and ieee80211_get_channel
really belong together.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The current check wrongly uses the state of one (currently the first)
tx queue for all tx queues in case of non-default qdiscs. This check
mainly prevented requeuing loop with __netif_schedule(), but now it's
controlled inside __qdisc_run(), while dequeuing. The wrongness of
this check was first noticed by Herbert Xu.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When there is no listener socket for a received packet, send an error
back to the sender.
Signed-off-by: Remi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Phonet endpoints are bound to individual ports.
This provides a /proc/sys/net/phonet (or sysctl) interface for
selecting the range of automatically allocated ports (much like the
ip_local_port_range with IPv4).
Signed-off-by: Remi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This provides the basic SOCK_DGRAM transport protocol for Phonet.
Signed-off-by: Remi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This provides the socket API for the Phonet protocols family.
Signed-off-by: Remi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This provides support for configuring Phonet addresses, notifying
Phonet configuration changes, and dumping the configuration.
Signed-off-by: Remi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This provides support for adding Phonet addresses to and removing
Phonet addresses from network devices.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the basis for the Phonet protocol families, and introduces
the ETH_P_PHONET packet type and the PF_PHONET socket family.
Signed-off-by: Remi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As discovered by Timo Teräs, the currently xfrm_state_walk scheme
is racy because if a second dump finishes before the first, we
may free xfrm states that the first dump would walk over later.
This patch fixes this by storing the dumps in a list in order
to calculate the correct completion counter which cures this
problem.
I've expanded netlink_cb in order to accomodate the extra state
related to this. It shouldn't be a big deal since netlink_cb
is kmalloced for each dump and we're just increasing it by 4 or
8 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This minor cleanup simplifies later changes which will convert
struct sk_buff and friends over to using struct list_head.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most importantly avoid doing it with cumulative ACK. Not clearing
means that we no longer need n^2 processing in resolution of each
fast recovery.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both loops are quite similar, so they can be combined
with little effort. As a result, forward_skb_hint becomes
obsolete as well.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Main benefit in this is that we can then freely point
the retransmit_skb_hint to anywhere we want to because
there's no longer need to know what would be the count
changes involve, and since this is really used only as a
terminator, unnecessary work is one time walk at most,
and if some retransmissions are necessary after that
point later on, the walk is not full waste of time
anyway.
Since retransmit_high must be kept valid, all lost
markers must ensure that.
Now I also have learned how those "holes" in the
rexmittable skbs can appear, mtu probe does them. So
I removed the misleading comment as well.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ie., the difference between partial and all clearing doesn't
exists anymore since the SACK optimizations got dropped by
an sacktag rewrite.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, virtual interface pointers passed to drivers might be
from monitor interfaces and as such completely uninitialised
because we do not tell the driver about monitor interfaces when
those are created. Instead of passing them, we should therefore
indicate to the driver that there is no information; do that by
passing a NULL value and adjust drivers to cope with it.
As a result, some mac80211 API functions also need to cope with
a NULL vif pointer so drivers can still call them unconditionally.
Also, when injecting frames we really don't want to pass NULL all
the time, if we know we are the source address of a frame and have
a local interface for that address, we can to use that interface.
This also helps with processing the frame correctly for that
interface which will help the 802.11w implementation. It's not
entirely correct for VLANs or WDS interfaces because there the MAC
address isn't unique, but it's already a lot better than what we
do now.
Finally, when injecting without a matching local interface, don't
assign sequence numbers at all.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Rate control algorithms may need access to a station's
HT capabilities, so share the ht_info struct in the
public station API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As more preparation for a saner rate control algorithm API,
share the supported rates bitmap in the public API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch changes mac80211 to share some more data about
stations with drivers. Should help iwlwifi and ath9k when
they get around to updating, and might also help with
implementing rate control algorithms without internals.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's really no reason for mac80211 to be using its
own interface type defines. Use the nl80211 types and
simplify the configuration code a bit: there's no need
to translate them any more now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers need to know the basic rateset to be able to configure
the ACK/CTS programming in hardware correctly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When we remove an interface, we can currently end up having
a pointer to it left in local->scan_sdata after it has been
set down, and then with a hardware scan the scan completion
can try to access it which is a bug. Alternatively, a scan
that started as a hardware scan may terminate as though it
was a software scan, if the timing is just right.
On SMP systems, software scan also has a similar problem,
just canceling the delayed work and setting a flag isn't
enough since it may be running concurrently; in this case
we would also never restore state of other interfaces.
This patch hopefully fixes the problems by always invoking
ieee80211_scan_completed or requiring it to be invoked by
the driver, I suspect the drivers that have ->hw_scan() are
buggy. The bug will not manifest itself unless you remove
the interface while hw-scanning which will also turn off
the hw, and then add a new interface which will be unusable
until you scan once.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds the new wireless regulatory infrastructure. The
main motiviation behind this was to centralize regulatory
code as each driver was implementing their own regulatory solution,
and to replace the initial centralized code we have where:
* only 3 regulatory domains are supported: US, JP and EU
* regulatory domains can only be changed through module parameter
* all rules were built statically in the kernel
We now have support for regulatory domains for many countries
and regulatory domains are now queried through a userspace agent
through udev allowing distributions to update regulatory rules
without updating the kernel.
Each driver can regulatory_hint() a regulatory domain
based on either their EEPROM mapped regulatory domain value to a
respective ISO/IEC 3166-1 country code or pass an internally built
regulatory domain. We also add support to let the user set the
regulatory domain through userspace in case of faulty EEPROMs to
further help compliance.
Support for world roaming will be added soon for cards capable of
this.
For more information see:
http://wireless.kernel.org/en/developers/Regulatory/CRDA
For now we leave an option to enable the old module parameter,
ieee80211_regdom, and to build the 3 old regdomains statically
(US, JP and EU). This option is CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY.
These old static definitions and the module parameter is being
scheduled for removal for 2.6.29. Note that if you use this
you won't make use of a world regulatory domain as its pointless.
If you leave this option enabled and if CRDA is present and you
use US or JP we will try to ask CRDA to update us a regulatory
domain for us.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This new action will have the ability to change the priority and/or
queue_mapping fields on an sk_buff.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kmemcheck reported this:
kmemcheck: Caught 16-bit read from uninitialized memory (f6c1ba30)
0500110001508abf050010000500000002017300140000006f72672e66726565
i i i i i i i i i i i i i u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u
^
Pid: 3462, comm: wpa_supplicant Not tainted (2.6.27-rc3-00054-g6397ab9-dirty #13)
EIP: 0060:[<c05de64a>] EFLAGS: 00010296 CPU: 0
EIP is at nla_parse+0x5a/0xf0
EAX: 00000008 EBX: fffffffd ECX: c06f16c0 EDX: 00000005
ESI: 00000010 EDI: f6c1ba30 EBP: f6367c6c ESP: c0a11e88
DS: 007b ES: 007b FS: 00d8 GS: 0033 SS: 0068
CR0: 8005003b CR2: f781cc84 CR3: 3632f000 CR4: 000006d0
DR0: c0ead9bc DR1: 00000000 DR2: 00000000 DR3: 00000000
DR6: ffff4ff0 DR7: 00000400
[<c05d4b23>] rtnl_setlink+0x63/0x130
[<c05d5f75>] rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x165/0x200
[<c05ddf66>] netlink_rcv_skb+0x76/0xa0
[<c05d5dfe>] rtnetlink_rcv+0x1e/0x30
[<c05dda21>] netlink_unicast+0x281/0x290
[<c05ddbe9>] netlink_sendmsg+0x1b9/0x2b0
[<c05beef2>] sock_sendmsg+0xd2/0x100
[<c05bf945>] sys_sendto+0xa5/0xd0
[<c05bf9a6>] sys_send+0x36/0x40
[<c05c03d6>] sys_socketcall+0x1e6/0x2c0
[<c020353b>] sysenter_do_call+0x12/0x3f
[<ffffffff>] 0xffffffff
This is the line in nla_ok():
/**
* nla_ok - check if the netlink attribute fits into the remaining bytes
* @nla: netlink attribute
* @remaining: number of bytes remaining in attribute stream
*/
static inline int nla_ok(const struct nlattr *nla, int remaining)
{
return remaining >= sizeof(*nla) &&
nla->nla_len >= sizeof(*nla) &&
nla->nla_len <= remaining;
}
It turns out that remaining can become negative due to alignment in
nla_next(). But GCC promotes "remaining" to unsigned in the test
against sizeof(*nla) above. Therefore the test succeeds, and the
nla_for_each_attr() may access memory outside the received buffer.
A short example illustrating this point is here:
#include <stdio.h>
main(void)
{
printf("%d\n", -1 >= sizeof(int));
}
...which prints "1".
This patch adds a cast in front of the sizeof so that GCC will make
a signed comparison and fix the illegal memory dereference. With the
patch applied, there is no kmemcheck report.
Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The conf_tx callback currently needs to be atomic, this requirement
is just because it can be called from scanning. This rearranges it
slightly to only update while not scanning (which is fine, we'll be
getting beacons when associated) and thus removes the atomic
requirement.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now that we save states within a walk we need synchronisation
so that the list the saved state is on doesn't disappear from
under us.
As it stands this is done by keeping the state on the list which
is bad because it gets in the way of the management of the state
life-cycle.
An alternative is to make our own pseudo-RCU system where we use
counters to indicate which state can't be freed immediately as
it may be referenced by an ongoing walk when that resumes.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Security Mode 4 of the Bluetooth 2.1 specification has strict
authentication and encryption requirements. It is the initiators job
to create a secure ACL link. However in case of malicious devices, the
acceptor has to make sure that the ACL is encrypted before allowing
any kind of L2CAP connection. The only exception here is the PSM 1 for
the service discovery protocol, because that is allowed to run on an
insecure ACL link.
Previously it was enough to reject a L2CAP connection during the
connection setup phase, but with Bluetooth 2.1 it is forbidden to
do any L2CAP protocol exchange on an insecure link (except SDP).
The new hci_conn_check_link_mode() function can be used to check the
integrity of an ACL link. This functions also takes care of the cases
where Security Mode 4 is disabled or one of the devices is based on
an older specification.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
With the introduction of Security Mode 4 and Simple Pairing from the
Bluetooth 2.1 specification it became mandatory that the initiator
requires authentication and encryption before any L2CAP channel can
be established. The only exception here is PSM 1 for the service
discovery protocol (SDP). It is meant to be used without any encryption
since it contains only public information. This is how Bluetooth 2.0
and before handle connections on PSM 1.
For Bluetooth 2.1 devices the pairing procedure differentiates between
no bonding, general bonding and dedicated bonding. The L2CAP layer
wrongly uses always general bonding when creating new connections, but it
should not do this for SDP connections. In this case the authentication
requirement should be no bonding and the just-works model should be used,
but in case of non-SDP connection it is required to use general bonding.
If the new connection requires man-in-the-middle (MITM) protection, it
also first wrongly creates an unauthenticated link key and then later on
requests an upgrade to an authenticated link key to provide full MITM
protection. With Simple Pairing the link key generation is an expensive
operation (compared to Bluetooth 2.0 and before) and doing this twice
during a connection setup causes a noticeable delay when establishing
a new connection. This should be avoided to not regress from the expected
Bluetooth 2.0 connection times. The authentication requirements are known
up-front and so enforce them.
To fulfill these requirements the hci_connect() function has been extended
with an authentication requirement parameter that will be stored inside
the connection information and can be retrieved by userspace at any
time. This allows the correct IO capabilities exchange and results in
the expected behavior.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Instead of duplicating the fields, integrate a user stats structure into
the kernel stats structure. This is more robust when the members are
changed, because they are now automatically kept in sync.
Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
Reviewed-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Instead of checking the value in include/net/ip_vs.h, we can just
restrict the range in our Kconfig file. This will prevent values outside
of the range early.
Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
Reviewed-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
How to reproduce ?
- create a network namespace
- use tcp protocol and get timewait socket
- exit the network namespace
- after a moment (when the timewait socket is destroyed), the kernel
panics.
# BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at
0000000000000007
IP: [<ffffffff821e394d>] inet_twdr_do_twkill_work+0x6e/0xb8
PGD 119985067 PUD 11c5c0067 PMD 0
Oops: 0000 [1] SMP
CPU 1
Modules linked in: ipv6 button battery ac loop dm_mod tg3 libphy ext3 jbd
edd fan thermal processor thermal_sys sg sata_svw libata dock serverworks
sd_mod scsi_mod ide_disk ide_core [last unloaded: freq_table]
Pid: 0, comm: swapper Not tainted 2.6.27-rc2 #3
RIP: 0010:[<ffffffff821e394d>] [<ffffffff821e394d>]
inet_twdr_do_twkill_work+0x6e/0xb8
RSP: 0018:ffff88011ff7fed0 EFLAGS: 00010246
RAX: ffffffffffffffff RBX: ffffffff82339420 RCX: ffff88011ff7ff30
RDX: 0000000000000001 RSI: ffff88011a4d03c0 RDI: ffff88011ac2fc00
RBP: ffffffff823392e0 R08: 0000000000000000 R09: ffff88002802a200
R10: ffff8800a5c4b000 R11: ffffffff823e4080 R12: ffff88011ac2fc00
R13: 0000000000000001 R14: 0000000000000001 R15: 0000000000000000
FS: 0000000041cbd940(0000) GS:ffff8800bff839c0(0000)
knlGS:0000000000000000
CS: 0010 DS: 0018 ES: 0018 CR0: 000000008005003b
CR2: 0000000000000007 CR3: 00000000bd87c000 CR4: 00000000000006e0
DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000
DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000ffff0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400
Process swapper (pid: 0, threadinfo ffff8800bff9e000, task
ffff88011ff76690)
Stack: ffffffff823392e0 0000000000000100 ffffffff821e3a3a
0000000000000008
0000000000000000 ffffffff821e3a61 ffff8800bff7c000 ffffffff8203c7e7
ffff88011ff7ff10 ffff88011ff7ff10 0000000000000021 ffffffff82351108
Call Trace:
<IRQ> [<ffffffff821e3a3a>] ? inet_twdr_hangman+0x0/0x9e
[<ffffffff821e3a61>] ? inet_twdr_hangman+0x27/0x9e
[<ffffffff8203c7e7>] ? run_timer_softirq+0x12c/0x193
[<ffffffff820390d1>] ? __do_softirq+0x5e/0xcd
[<ffffffff8200d08c>] ? call_softirq+0x1c/0x28
[<ffffffff8200e611>] ? do_softirq+0x2c/0x68
[<ffffffff8201a055>] ? smp_apic_timer_interrupt+0x8e/0xa9
[<ffffffff8200cad6>] ? apic_timer_interrupt+0x66/0x70
<EOI> [<ffffffff82011f4c>] ? default_idle+0x27/0x3b
[<ffffffff8200abbd>] ? cpu_idle+0x5f/0x7d
Code: e8 01 00 00 4c 89 e7 41 ff c5 e8 8d fd ff ff 49 8b 44 24 38 4c 89 e7
65 8b 14 25 24 00 00 00 89 d2 48 8b 80 e8 00 00 00 48 f7 d0 <48> 8b 04 d0
48 ff 40 58 e8 fc fc ff ff 48 89 df e8 c0 5f 04 00
RIP [<ffffffff821e394d>] inet_twdr_do_twkill_work+0x6e/0xb8
RSP <ffff88011ff7fed0>
CR2: 0000000000000007
This patch provides a function to purge all timewait sockets related
to a network namespace. The timewait sockets life cycle is not tied with
the network namespace, that means the timewait sockets stay alive while
the network namespace dies. The timewait sockets are for avoiding to
receive a duplicate packet from the network, if the network namespace is
freed, the network stack is removed, so no chance to receive any packets
from the outside world. Furthermore, having a pending destruction timer
on these sockets with a network namespace freed is not safe and will lead
to an oops if the timer callback which try to access data belonging to
the namespace like for example in:
inet_twdr_do_twkill_work
-> NET_INC_STATS_BH(twsk_net(tw), LINUX_MIB_TIMEWAITED);
Purging the timewait sockets at the network namespace destruction will:
1) speed up memory freeing for the namespace
2) fix kernel panic on asynchronous timewait destruction
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is obviously good for userspace to know up front which
interface modes a given piece of hardware might support (even
if adding such an interface might fail later because of
concurrency issues), so let's make cfg80211 aware of that.
For good measure, disallow adding interfaces in all other
modes so drivers don't forget to announce support for one mode
when they add it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Blackheath <tramp.enshrine.stephen@blacksapphire.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Adjust various debug outputs to use the new *_BUF macro variants for
correct output of v4/v6 addresses.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Convert functions for looking up destinations (real servers) to support
IPv6 services/dests.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add xmit functions for IPv6. Also add the already needed __ip_vs_get_out_rt_v6()
to ip_vs_core.c. Bind the new xmit functions to v6 connections.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Extend functions for getting/creating connections and connection
templates for IPv6 support and fix the callers.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Extend protocol DNAT/SNAT and state handlers to work with IPv6. Also
change/introduce new checksumming helper functions for this.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add 'af' arguments to conn_schedule(), conn_in_get(), conn_out_get() and
csum_check() function pointers in struct ip_vs_protocol. Extend the
respective functions for TCP, UDP, AH and ESP and adjust the callers.
The changes in the callers need to be somewhat extensive, since they now
need to pass a filled out struct ip_vs_iphdr * to the modified functions
instead of a struct iphdr *.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add 'supports_ipv6' flag to struct ip_vs_scheduler to indicate whether a
scheduler supports IPv6. Set the flag to 1 in schedulers that work with
IPv6, 0 otherwise. This flag is checked in a later patch while trying to
add a service with a specific scheduler. Adjust debug in v6-supporting
schedulers to work with both address families.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add support for selecting services based on their address family to
ip_vs_service_get() and adjust the callers.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add extended internal versions of struct ip_vs_service_user and struct
ip_vs_dest_user (the originals can't be modified as they are part
of the old sockopt interface). Adjust ip_vs_ctl.c to work with the new
data structures and add some minor AF-awareness.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add some debugging macros that allow conditional output of either v4 or v6
addresses, depending on an 'af' parameter. This is done by creating a
temporary string buffer in an outer debug macro and writing addresses'
string representations into it from another macro which can only be used
when inside the outer one.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add a struct ip_vs_iphdr for easier handling of common v4 and v6 header
fields in the same code path. ip_vs_fill_iphdr() helps to fill this struct
from an IPv4 or IPv6 header. Add further helper functions for copying and
comparing addresses.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Introduce new 'af' fields into IPVS data structures for specifying an
entry's address family. Convert IP addresses to be of type union
nf_inet_addr.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch consolidates the code common to TCP and CCID-2:
* TCP uses RFC 3390 in a packet-oriented manner (tcp_input.c) and
* CCID-2 uses RFC 3390 in packet-oriented manner (RFC 4341).
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Removes all _nested_compat() functions from the API. The prio qdisc
no longer requires them and netem has its own format anyway. Their
existance is only confusing.
Resend: Also remove the wrapper macro.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow userspace (e.g., hostapd) to set HT capabilities for associated
STAs. This is based on a patch from Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> (only
the NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY for NEW_STA part is included here).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This change adds a new cfg80211 command, NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, to allow
AP mode BSS parameters to be changed from user space (e.g., hostapd).
The drivers using mac80211 are expected to be modified with separate
changes to use the new BSS info parameter for short slot time in the
bss_info_changed() handler.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All users of struct proto::compat_[gs]etsockopt and
struct inet_connection_sock_af_ops::compat_[gs]etsockopt are under
#ifdef already, so use it in structure definition too.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use new qdisc_root_sleeping_lock() instead of qdisc_root_lock() as
sch_tree_lock() because this lock could be used while dev is
deactivated, but we never need to use this with noop_qdisc as a root.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While passing a qdisc root lock to gen_new_estimator() and
gen_replace_estimator() dev could be deactivated or even before
grafting proper root qdisc as qdisc_sleeping (e.g. qdisc_create), so
using qdisc_root_lock() is not enough. This patch adds
qdisc_root_sleeping_lock() for this, plus additional checks, where
necessary.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All users have been moved over to the version taking a le16 frame control
rather than a cpu-endian value.
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds ieee80211_queue_stopped that let drivers to query
queue status
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since some qdiscs call qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen() (so qdisc_lookup())
without rtnl_lock(), adding and deleting from a qdisc list needs
additional locking. This patch adds global spinlock qdisc_list_lock
and wrapper functions for modifying the list. It is considered as a
temporary solution until hfsc_dequeue(), netem_dequeue() and
tbf_dequeue() (or qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen()) are redone.
With feedback from Herbert Xu and David S. Miller.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dev_deactivate() can skip rescheduling of a qdisc by qdisc_watchdog()
or other timer calling netif_schedule() after dev_queue_deactivate().
We prevent this checking aliveness before scheduling the timer. Since
during deactivation the root qdisc is available only as qdisc_sleeping
additional accessor qdisc_root_sleeping() is created.
With feedback from Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IEEE80211_HW_HOST_GEN_BEACON_TEMPLATE was made unnecessary in
the recent revamp on beacon configuration.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We can now kill them synchronously with all of the
previous dev_deactivate() cures.
This makes netdev destruction and shutdown saner as
the qdiscs hold references to the device.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This new state lets dev_deactivate() mark a qdisc as having been
deactivated.
dev_queue_xmit() and ing_filter() check for this bit and do not
try to process the qdisc if the bit is set.
dev_deactivate() polls the qdisc after setting the bit, waiting
for both __QDISC_STATE_RUNNING and __QDISC_STATE_SCHED to clear.
This isn't perfect yet, but subsequent changesets will make it so.
This part is just one piece of the puzzle.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 8ab19ea36c ("ipvs: Fix possible deadlock
in estimator code") fixed a deadlock condition, but that condition can only
happen during unload of IPVS, because during normal operation there is at least
our global stats structure in the estimator list. The mod_timer() and
del_timer_sync() calls are actually initialization and cleanup code in
disguise. Let's make it explicit and move them to their own init and cleanup
function.
Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
ipv6_dev_get_saddr() blindly de-references dst_dev to get the network
namespace, but some callers might pass NULL. Change callers to pass a
namespace pointer instead.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes ip6_prohibit_entry and ip6_blk_hole_entry
declarations from include/net/ip6_route.h as they are unused.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes rt6_lock declaration from include/net/ip6_route.h
as it is unused.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based upon a bug report by Andrew Gallatin on netdev
with subject "CPU utilization increased in 2.6.27rc"
In commit 37437bb2e1
("pkt_sched: Schedule qdiscs instead of netdev_queue.")
the test of the queue being stopped was erroneously
removed from qdisc_run().
When the TX queue of the device fills up, this omission
causes lots of extraneous useless work to be queued up
to softirq context, where we'll just return immediately
because the device is still stuffed up.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no reason for dynamically allocating an estimator object for every
stats object. Directly embed an estimator object into every stats object and
switch to using the kernel-provided list implementation. This makes the code
much simpler and faster, as we do not need to traverse the list of all
estimators to find the one belonging to a stats object. There's no need to use
an rwlock, as we only have one reader. Also reorder the members of the
estimator structure slightly to avoid padding overhead. This can't be done
with the stats object as the members are currently copied to our user space
object via memcpy() and changing it would break ABI.
Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch removes an unused field (flags) from struct flowi; it seems
that this "flags" field was used once in the past for multipath
routing with FLOWI_FLAG_MULTIPATHOLDROUTE flag (which does no longer
exist); however, the "flags" field of struct flowi is not used
anymore.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dst_input() was doing something completely absurd, looping
on skb->dst->input() if NET_XMIT_BYPASS was seen, but these
functions never return such an error.
And as a result plain ole' NET_XMIT_BYPASS has no more
references and can be completely killed off.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> noticed that it would be nice to
handle NET_XMIT_BYPASS by NET_XMIT_SUCCESS with an internal qdisc flag
__NET_XMIT_BYPASS and to remove the mapping from dev_queue_xmit().
David Miller <davem@davemloft.net> spotted a serious bug in the first
version of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> noticed:
"The other problem that affects all qdiscs supporting actions is
TC_ACT_QUEUED/TC_ACT_STOLEN getting mapped to NET_XMIT_SUCCESS
even though the packet is not queued, corrupting upper qdiscs'
qlen counters."
and later explained:
"The reason why it translates it at all seems to be to not increase
the drops counter. Within a single qdisc this could be avoided by
other means easily, upper qdiscs would still increase the counter
when we return anything besides NET_XMIT_SUCCESS though.
This means we need a new NET_XMIT return value to indicate this to
the upper qdiscs. So I'd suggest to introduce NET_XMIT_STOLEN,
return that to upper qdiscs and translate it to NET_XMIT_SUCCESS
in dev_queue_xmit, similar to NET_XMIT_BYPASS."
David Miller <davem@davemloft.net> noticed:
"Maybe these NET_XMIT_* values being passed around should be a set of
bits. They could be composed of base meanings, combined with specific
attributes.
So you could say "NET_XMIT_DROP | __NET_XMIT_NO_DROP_COUNT"
The attributes get masked out by the top-level ->enqueue() caller,
such that the base meanings are the only thing that make their
way up into the stack. If it's only about communication within the
qdisc tree, let's simply code it that way."
This patch is trying to realize these ideas.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes possible for a driver to specify maximal listen interval
The possibility for user to configure listen interval is not implemented
yet, currently the maximum provided by the driver or 1 is used.
Mac80211 uses config handler to set listen interval for to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds the dtim_period in ieee80211_bss_conf, this allows the low
level driver to know the dtim_period, and to plan power save accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The ipfragok flag controls whether the packet may be fragmented
either on the local host on beyond. The latter is only valid on
IPv4.
In fact, we never want to do the latter even on IPv4 when PMTU is
enabled. This is because even though we can't fragment packets
within SCTP due to the prtocol's inherent faults, we can still
fragment it at IP layer. By setting the DF bit we will improve
the PMTU process.
RFC 2960 only says that we SHOULD clear the DF bit in this case,
so we're compliant even if we set the DF bit. In fact RFC 4960
no longer has this statement.
Once we make this change, we only need to control the local
fragmentation. There is already a bit in the skb which controls
that, local_df. So this patch sets that instead of using the
ipfragok argument.
The only complication is that there isn't a struct sock object
per transport, so for IPv4 we have to resort to changing the
pmtudisc field for every packet. This should be safe though
as the protocol is single-threaded.
Note that after this patch we can remove ipfragok from the rest
of the stack too.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is the only legal environment in which this can be
used.
Add some commentary explaining the situation.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current versions of ipvsadm include "/usr/src/linux/include/net/ip_vs.h"
directly. This file also contains kernel-only definitions. Normally, public
definitions should live in include/linux, so this patch moves the
definitions shared with userspace to a new file, "include/linux/ip_vs.h".
This also removes the unused NFC_IPVS_PROPERTY bitmask, which was once
used to point into skb->nfcache.
To make old ipvsadms still compile with this, the old header file includes
the new one.
Thanks to Dave Miller and Horms for noting/adding the missing Kbuild entry
for the new header file.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes mac80211 to not use the skb->cb over the queue step
from virtual interfaces to the master. The patch also, for now,
disables aggregation because that would still require requeuing,
will fix that in a separate patch. There are two other places (software
requeue and powersaving stations) where requeue can happen, but that is
not currently used by any drivers/not possible to use respectively.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I forgot this in the previous patch that made it unused.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Piss-poor sysctl registration API strikes again, film at 11...
What we really need is _pathname_ required to be present in
already registered table, so that kernel could warn about bad
order. That's the next target for sysctl stuff (and generally
saner and more explicit order of initialization of ipv[46]
internals wouldn't hurt either).
For the time being, here are full fixups required by ..._rotable()
stuff; we make per-net sysctl sets descendents of "ro" one and
make sure that sufficient skeleton is there before we start registering
per-net sysctls.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs-2.6: (39 commits)
[PATCH] fix RLIM_NOFILE handling
[PATCH] get rid of corner case in dup3() entirely
[PATCH] remove remaining namei_{32,64}.h crap
[PATCH] get rid of indirect users of namei.h
[PATCH] get rid of __user_path_lookup_open
[PATCH] f_count may wrap around
[PATCH] dup3 fix
[PATCH] don't pass nameidata to __ncp_lookup_validate()
[PATCH] don't pass nameidata to gfs2_lookupi()
[PATCH] new (local) helper: user_path_parent()
[PATCH] sanitize __user_walk_fd() et.al.
[PATCH] preparation to __user_walk_fd cleanup
[PATCH] kill nameidata passing to permission(), rename to inode_permission()
[PATCH] take noexec checks to very few callers that care
Re: [PATCH 3/6] vfs: open_exec cleanup
[patch 4/4] vfs: immutable inode checking cleanup
[patch 3/4] fat: dont call notify_change
[patch 2/4] vfs: utimes cleanup
[patch 1/4] vfs: utimes: move owner check into inode_change_ok()
[PATCH] vfs: use kstrdup() and check failing allocation
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
netns: fix ip_rt_frag_needed rt_is_expired
netfilter: nf_conntrack_extend: avoid unnecessary "ct->ext" dereferences
netfilter: fix double-free and use-after free
netfilter: arptables in netns for real
netfilter: ip{,6}tables_security: fix future section mismatch
selinux: use nf_register_hooks()
netfilter: ebtables: use nf_register_hooks()
Revert "pkt_sched: sch_sfq: dump a real number of flows"
qeth: use dev->ml_priv instead of dev->priv
syncookies: Make sure ECN is disabled
net: drop unused BUG_TRAP()
net: convert BUG_TRAP to generic WARN_ON
drivers/net: convert BUG_TRAP to generic WARN_ON
make it atomic_long_t; while we are at it, get rid of useless checks in affs,
hfs and hpfs - ->open() always has it equal to 1, ->release() - to 0.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Massage ipv4 initialization - make sure that net.ipv4 appears as
non-per-net-namespace before it shows up in per-net-namespace sysctls.
That's the only change outside of sysctl.c needed to get sane ordering
rules and data structures for sysctls (esp. for procfs side of that
mess).
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
New object: set of sysctls [currently - root and per-net-ns].
Contains: pointer to parent set, list of tables and "should I see this set?"
method (->is_seen(set)).
Current lists of tables are subsumed by that; net-ns contains such a beast.
->lookup() for ctl_table_root returns pointer to ctl_table_set instead of
that to ->list of that ctl_table_set.
[folded compile fixes by rdd for configs without sysctl]
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Removes legacy reinvent-the-wheel type thing. The generic
machinery integrates much better to automated debugging aids
such as kerneloops.org (and others), and is unambiguous due to
better naming. Non-intuively BUG_TRAP() is actually equal to
WARN_ON() rather than BUG_ON() though some might actually be
promoted to BUG_ON() but I left that to future.
I could make at least one BUILD_BUG_ON conversion.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch merges the IPv4/IPv6 IPComp implementations since most
of the code is identical. As a result future enhancements will no
longer need to be duplicated.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change icmp6_dst_gc to return the one value the caller cares about rather
than using call by reference.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FIB timer list is a trivial size structure, avoid indirection and just
put it in existing ns.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_outq_flush() can now become static.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initially netfilter has had 64bit counters for conntrack-based accounting, but
it was changed in 2.6.14 to save memory. Unfortunately in-kernel 64bit counters are
still required, for example for "connbytes" extension. However, 64bit counters
waste a lot of memory and it was not possible to enable/disable it runtime.
This patch:
- reimplements accounting with respect to the extension infrastructure,
- makes one global version of seq_print_acct() instead of two seq_print_counters(),
- makes it possible to enable it at boot time (for CONFIG_SYSCTL/CONFIG_SYSFS=n),
- makes it possible to enable/disable it at runtime by sysctl or sysfs,
- extends counters from 32bit to 64bit,
- renames ip_conntrack_counter -> nf_conn_counter,
- enables accounting code unconditionally (no longer depends on CONFIG_NF_CT_ACCT),
- set initial accounting enable state based on CONFIG_NF_CT_ACCT
- removes buggy IPCT_COUNTER_FILLING event handling.
If accounting is enabled newly created connections get additional acct extend.
Old connections are not changed as it is not possible to add a ct_extend area
to confirmed conntrack. Accounting is performed for all connections with
acct extend regardless of a current state of "net.netfilter.nf_conntrack_acct".
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki <ole@ans.pl>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add NLA_PUT_BE64 macro required for 64bit counters in netfilter
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki <ole@ans.pl>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The stab bits can't be referenced uniless the full
packet scheduler layer is enabled.
Reported by Stephen Rothwell.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add size table functions for qdiscs and calculate packet size in
qdisc_enqueue().
Based on patch by Patrick McHardy
http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=115201979221729&w=2
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use sockaddr_storage{} for generic socket address storage
and ensures proper alignment.
Use sockaddr{} for pointers to omit several casts.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This should fix the following bugs:
* Connections with MD5 signatures produce invalid packets whenever SACK
options are included
* MD5 signatures are counted twice in the MSS calculations
Behaviour changes:
* A SYN with MD5 + SACK + TS elicits a SYNACK with MD5 + SACK
This is because we can't fit any SACK blocks in a packet with MD5 + TS
options. There was discussion about disabling SACK rather than TS in
order to fit in better with old, buggy kernels, but that was deemed to
be unnecessary.
* SYNs with MD5 don't include a TS option
See above.
Additionally, it removes a bunch of duplicated logic for calculating options,
which should help avoid these sort of issues in the future.
Signed-off-by: Adam Langley <agl@imperialviolet.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the MD5 code assumes that the SKBs are linear and, in the case
that they aren't, happily goes off and hashes off the end of the SKB and
into random memory.
Reported by Stephen Hemminger in [1]. Advice thanks to Stephen and Evgeniy
Polyakov. Also includes a couple of missed route_caps from Stephen's patch
in [2].
[1] http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=121445989106145&w=2
[2] http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=121459157816964&w=2
Signed-off-by: Adam Langley <agl@imperialviolet.org>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of the metrics (RTT, RTTVAR and RTAX_RTO_MIN) are stored in
kernel units (jiffies) and this leaks out through the netlink API to
user space where the units for jiffies are unknown.
This patches changes the kernel to convert to/from milliseconds. This
changes the ABI, but milliseconds seemed like the most natural unit
for these parameters. Values available via syscall in
/proc/net/rt_cache and netlink will be in milliseconds.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The u32_list is just an indirect way of maintaining a reference
to a U32 node on a per-qdisc basis.
Just add an explicit node pointer for u32 to struct Qdisc an do
away with this global list.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Proc temporary uses stats from init_net.
BTW, TCP_XXX_STATS are beautiful (w/o do { } while (0) facing) again :)
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only structure declared within is the netns_mib, which will
carry all our mibs within. I didn't put the mibs in the existing
netns_xxx structures to make it possible to mark this one as
properly aligned and get in a separate "read-mostly" cache-line.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have to have exclusive access to the given qdisc anyways, so
doing even more locking is superfluous.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sch_tree_lock() lock the qdisc's root. All of the
users hold the RTNL semaphore and the root qdisc is not
changing.
Implement tbf_tree_{lock,unlock}() simply in terms of
sch_tree_{lock,unlock}().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we have shared qdiscs, packets come out of the qdiscs
for multiple transmit queues.
Therefore it doesn't make any sense to schedule the transmit
queue when logically we cannot know ahead of time the TX
queue of the SKB that the qdisc->dequeue() will give us.
Just for sanity I added a BUG check to make sure we never
get into a state where the noop_qdisc is scheduled.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When code wants to lock the qdisc tree state, the logic
operation it's doing is locking the top-level qdisc that
sits of the root of the netdev_queue.
Add qdisc_root_lock() to represent this and convert the
easiest cases.
In order for this to work out in all cases, we have to
hook up the noop_qdisc to a dummy netdev_queue.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently it is associated with a netdev_queue, but when we have
qdisc sharing that no longer makes any sense.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We liberate any dangling gso_skb during qdisc destruction.
It really only matters for the root qdisc. But when qdiscs
can be shared by multiple netdev_queue objects, we can't
have the gso_skb in the netdev_queue any more.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only behavior change is that we do not drop packets under any
circumstances. If that is absolutely needed, we could easily add it
back.
With cleanups and help from Johannes Berg.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This effectively "flips the switch" by making the core networking
and multiqueue-aware drivers use the new TX multiqueue structures.
Non-multiqueue drivers need no changes. The interfaces they use such
as netif_stop_queue() degenerate into an operation on TX queue zero.
So everything "just works" for them.
Code that really wants to do "X" to all TX queues now invokes a
routine that does so, such as netif_tx_wake_all_queues(),
netif_tx_stop_all_queues(), etc.
pktgen and netpoll required a little bit more surgery than the others.
In particular the pktgen changes, whilst functional, could be largely
improved. The initial check in pktgen_xmit() will sometimes check the
wrong queue, which is mostly harmless. The thing to do is probably to
invoke fill_packet() earlier.
The bulk of the netpoll changes is to make the code operate solely on
the TX queue indicated by by the SKB queue mapping.
Setting of the SKB queue mapping is entirely confined inside of
net/core/dev.c:dev_pick_tx(). If we end up needing any kind of
special semantics (drops, for example) it will be implemented here.
Finally, we now have a "real_num_tx_queues" which is where the driver
indicates how many TX queues are actually active.
With IGB changes from Jeff Kirsher.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
alloc_netdev_mq() now allocates an array of netdev_queue
structures for TX, based upon the queue_count argument.
Furthermore, all accesses to the TX queues are now vectored
through the netdev_get_tx_queue() and netdev_for_each_tx_queue()
interfaces. This makes it easy to grep the tree for all
things that want to get to a TX queue of a net device.
Problem spots which are not really multiqueue aware yet, and
only work with one queue, can easily be spotted by grepping
for all netdev_get_tx_queue() calls that pass in a zero index.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
in __neigh_event_send, if we have a neighbour entry which is in
NUD_INCOMPLETE state, we enqueue any outbound frames to that neighbour
to the neighbours arp_queue, which is default capped to a length of 3
skbs. If that queue exceeds its set length, it will drop an skb on
the queue to enqueue the newly arrived skb. This results in a drop
for which we have no statistics incremented. This patch adds an
unresolved_discards stat to /proc/net/stat/ndisc_cache to track these
lost frames.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Done with NET_XXX_STATS macros :)
To be continued...
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This one is tricky.
The thing is that this macro is only used when killing tw buckets,
but since this killer is promiscuous wrt to which net each particular
tw belongs to, I have to use it only when NET_NS is off. When the net
namespaces are on, I use the INET_INC_STATS_BH for each bucket.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tcp_enter_memory_pressure calls NET_INC_STATS, but doesn't
have where to get the net from.
I decided to add a sk argument, not the net itself, only to factor
all the required sock_net(sk) calls inside the enter_memory_pressure
callback itself.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Same as before - the sock is always there to get the net from,
but there are also some places with the net already saved on
the stack.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fortunately (almost) all the TCP code has a sock to get the net from :)
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This one sets TCP MIBs after zeroing them, and thus requires
the net.
The existing single caller can use init_net (temporarily).
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP_INC_STATS_USER and TCP_ADD_STATS_BH are currently unused.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Very simple - only ip_evictor (fragments) requires such.
This patch ends up the IP_XXX_STATS patching.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All the callers already have either the net itself, or the place
where to get it from.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are ICMP_XXX_STATS that are not used in the kernel, so I remove
them, not to "just patch" them later. But if there's some sense in
keeping them, kick me - I will remake this set keeping them.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This routine deals with ICMP statistics, but doesn't have a
struct net at hands, so add one.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch eliminates an unneeded parameter when creating a low-level
TIPC port object. Instead of returning both the pointer to the port
structure and the port's reference ID, it now returns only the pointer
since the port structure contains the reference ID as one of its fields.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Multiple issues:
- there are no "default" values needed
- cw_min/cw_max can be larger than documented
- restructure to decrease size
- use get_unaligned_le16
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch makes mac80211 assign proper sequence numbers to
QoS-data frames. It also removes the old sequence number code
because we noticed that only the driver or hardware can assign
sequence numbers to non-QoS-data and especially management
frames in a race-free manner because beacons aren't passed
through mac80211's TX path.
This patch also adds temporary code to the rt2x00 drivers to
not break them completely, that code will have to be reworked
for proper sequence numbers on beacons.
It also moves sequence number assignment down in the TX path
so no sequence numbers are assigned to frames that are dropped.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch changes mac80211's beacon configuration handling
to never pass skbs to the driver directly but rather always
require the driver to use ieee80211_beacon_get(). Additionally,
it introduces "change flags" on the config_interface() call
to enable drivers to figure out what is changing. Finally, it
removes the beacon_update() driver callback in favour of
having IBSS beacon delivered by ieee80211_beacon_get() as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch implements the power management routines wireless extensions
for mac80211.
For now we only support switching PS mode between on and off.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@openedhand.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When switching a RFCOMM socket to a TTY, the remote modem status might
be needed later. Currently it is lost since the original configuration
is done via the socket interface. So store the modem status and reply
it when the socket has been converted to a TTY.
Signed-off-by: Denis Kenzior <denis.kenzior@trolltech.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Enable the common timestamp functionality that the network subsystem
provides for L2CAP, RFCOMM and SCO sockets. It is possible to either
use SO_TIMESTAMP or the IOCTLs to retrieve the timestamp of the
current packet.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
With the Simple Pairing support, the authentication requirements are
an explicit setting during the bonding process. Track and enforce the
requirements and allow higher layers like L2CAP and RFCOMM to increase
them if needed.
This patch introduces a new IOCTL that allows to query the current
authentication requirements. It is also possible to detect Simple
Pairing support in the kernel this way.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Bluetooth technology introduces new features on a regular basis
and for some of them it is important that the hardware on both sides
support them. For features like Simple Pairing it is important that
the host stacks on both sides have switched this feature on. To make
valid decisions, a config stage during ACL link establishment has been
introduced that retrieves remote features and if needed also the remote
extended features (known as remote host features) before signalling
this link as connected.
This change introduces full reference counting of incoming and outgoing
ACL links and the Bluetooth core will disconnect both if no owner of it
is present. To better handle interoperability during the pairing phase
the disconnect timeout for incoming connections has been increased to
10 seconds. This is five times more than for outgoing connections.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Simple Pairing process can only be used if both sides have the
support enabled in the host stack. The current Bluetooth specification
has three ways to detect this support.
If an Extended Inquiry Result has been sent during inquiry then it
is safe to assume that Simple Pairing is enabled. It is not allowed
to enable Extended Inquiry without Simple Pairing. During the remote
name request phase a notification with the remote host supported
features will be sent to indicate Simple Pairing support. Also the
second page of the remote extended features can indicate support for
Simple Pairing.
For all three cases the value of remote Simple Pairing mode is stored
in the inquiry cache for later use.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Simple Pairing feature is optional and needs to be enabled by the
host stack first. The Linux kernel relies on the Bluetooth daemon to
either enable or disable it, but at any time it needs to know the
current state of the Simple Pairing mode. So track any changes made
by external entities and store the current mode in the HCI device
structure.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
During the Simple Pairing process the HCI disconnect timer must be
disabled. The way to do this is by holding a reference count of the
HCI connection. The Simple Pairing process on both sides starts with
an IO Capabilities Request and ends with Simple Pairing Complete.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Bluetooth specification supports the default link policy settings
on a per host controller basis. For every new connection the link
manager would then use these settings. It is better to use this instead
of bothering the controller on every connection setup to overwrite the
default settings.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The connection packet type can be changed after the connection has been
established and thus needs to be properly tracked to ensure that the
host stack has always correct and valid information about it.
On incoming connections the Bluetooth core switches the supported packet
types to the configured list for this controller. However the usefulness
of this feature has been questioned a lot. The general consent is that
every Bluetooth host stack should enable as many packet types as the
hardware actually supports and leave the decision to the link manager
software running on the Bluetooth chip.
When running on Bluetooth 2.0 or later hardware, don't change the packet
type for incoming connections anymore. This hardware likely supports
Enhanced Data Rate and thus leave it completely up to the link manager
to pick the best packet type.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Bluetooth specification allows to enable or disable the encryption
of an ACL link at any time by either the peer or the remote device. If
a L2CAP or RFCOMM connection requested an encrypted link, they will now
disconnect that link if the encryption gets disabled. Higher protocols
that don't care about encryption (like SDP) are not affected.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Recent tests with various Bluetooth headsets have shown that some of
them don't enforce authentication and encryption when connecting. All
of them leave it up to the host stack to enforce it. Non of them should
allow unencrypted connections, but that is how it is. So in case the
link mode settings require authentication and/or encryption it will now
also be enforced on outgoing RFCOMM connections. Previously this was
only done for incoming connections.
This support has a small drawback from a protocol level point of view
since the host stack can't really tell with 100% certainty if a remote
side is already authenticated or not. So if both sides are configured
to enforce authentication it will be requested twice. Most Bluetooth
chips are caching this information and thus no extra authentication
procedure has to be triggered over-the-air, but it can happen.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
First, we add a qdisc_tx_changing() helper which returns true if the
qdisc attachment is in transition.
Second, we remove an assertion warning which is of limited value and
is hard to express precisely in a multiqueue environment.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a helper function, currently used by IRDA.
This is being added so that we can contain and isolate as many
explicit ->tx_queue references in the tree as possible.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Isolate callers that want to simply reset all the TX qdiscs from the
details of TX queues.
Use this in the ISDN code.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It can be obtained via the netdev_queue. So create a helper routine,
qdisc_dev(), to make the transformations nicer looking.
Now, qdisc_alloc() now no longer needs a net_device pointer argument.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A netdev_queue is an entity managed by a qdisc.
Currently there is one RX and one TX queue, and a netdev_queue merely
contains a backpointer to the net_device.
The Qdisc struct is augmented with a netdev_queue pointer as well.
Eventually the 'dev' Qdisc member will go away and we will have the
resulting hierarchy:
net_device --> netdev_queue --> Qdisc
Also, qdisc_alloc() and qdisc_create_dflt() now take a netdev_queue
pointer argument.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix more than 50 kernel-doc warnings in ieee80211/mac80211 kernel-doc notation.
Fix a few typos also.
Note: Some fields are marked as TBD and need to have their description
corrected.
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds block ack request capability
Signed-off-by: Ester Kummer <ester.kummer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ctnetlink does not need to allocate the conntrack entries with GFP_ATOMIC
as its code is executed in user context.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently all qdiscs which allow to create classes uses a fixed sized hash
table with size 16 to hash the classes. This causes a large bottleneck
when using thousands of classes and unbound filters.
Add helpers for dynamically sized class hashes to fix this. The following
patches will convert the qdiscs to use them.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add GVRP support for dynamically registering VLANs with switches.
By default GVRP is disabled because we only support the applicant-only
participant model, which means it should not be enabled on vlans that
are members of a bridge. Since there is currently no way to cleanly
determine that, the user is responsible for enabling it.
The code is pretty small and low impact, its wrapped in a config
option though because it depends on the GARP implementation and
the STP core.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an implementation of the GARP (Generic Attribute Registration Protocol)
applicant-only participant. This will be used by the following patch to
add GVRP support to the VLAN code.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add small STP demux layer for demuxing STP PDUs based on MAC address.
This is needed to run both GARP and STP in parallel (or even load the
modules) since both use LLC_SAP_BSPAN.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As simple as the patch #1 in this set.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two special cases here - one is rxrpc - I put init_net there
explicitly, since we haven't touched this part yet. The second
place is in __udp4_lib_rcv - we already have a struct net there,
but I have to move its initialization above to make it ready
at the "drop" label.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Nothing special - all the places already have a struct sock
at hands, so use the sock_net() net.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is required to pass namespace context into rt_cache_flush called from
->flush_cache.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass double tcf_proto pointers to tcf_destroy_chain() to make it
clear the start of the filter list for more consistency.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch add spectrum capability and required information
elements to association request providing AP has requested it and
it is supported by the driver
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch makes mac80211 refuse a WEP key whose length is not WEP40 nor
WEP104.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The workqueue provided by mac80211 should not be used for
scheduled tasks that acquire the RTNL lock. This could be done
when the driver uses the function ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces()
within the scheduled work. Such behavior will end in locking
dependencies problems when an interface is being removed.
This patch will add a notification about the RTNL locking and
the mac80211 workqueue to prevent driver developers from
blindly using it.
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some drivers may want to to use the TKIP key offsets for TX and RX
MIC so lets move this out. Lets also clear up a bit how this is used
internally in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
[ Based upon original report and patch by Karsten Keil. Karsten
has verified that this fixes the TAHI test case "ICMPv6 test
v6LC.5.1.2 Part F". -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 4960, Section 11.4. Protection of Non-SCTP-Capable Hosts
When an SCTP stack receives a packet containing multiple control or
DATA chunks and the processing of the packet requires the sending of
multiple chunks in response, the sender of the response chunk(s) MUST
NOT send more than one packet. If bundling is supported, multiple
response chunks that fit into a single packet MAY be bundled together
into one single response packet. If bundling is not supported, then
the sender MUST NOT send more than one response chunk and MUST
discard all other responses. Note that this rule does NOT apply to a
SACK chunk, since a SACK chunk is, in itself, a response to DATA and
a SACK does not require a response of more DATA.
We implement this by not servicing our outqueue until we reach the end
of the packet. This enables maximum bundling. We also identify
'response' chunks and make sure that we only send 1 packet when sending
such chunks.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to more easily grep for all things that set
sk->sk_socket, add sk_set_socket() helper inline function.
Suggested (although only half-seriously) by Evgeniy Polyakov.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commits 33c732c361 ([IPV4]: Add raw
drops counter) and a92aa318b4 ([IPV6]:
Add raw drops counter), Wang Chen added raw drops counter for
/proc/net/raw & /proc/net/raw6
This patch adds this capability to UDP sockets too (/proc/net/udp &
/proc/net/udp6).
This means that 'RcvbufErrors' errors found in /proc/net/snmp can be also
be examined for each udp socket.
# grep Udp: /proc/net/snmp
Udp: InDatagrams NoPorts InErrors OutDatagrams RcvbufErrors SndbufErrors
Udp: 23971006 75 899420 16390693 146348 0
# cat /proc/net/udp
sl local_address rem_address st tx_queue rx_queue tr tm->when retrnsmt ---
uid timeout inode ref pointer drops
75: 00000000:02CB 00000000:0000 07 00000000:00000000 00:00000000 00000000 ---
0 0 2358 2 ffff81082a538c80 0
111: 00000000:006F 00000000:0000 07 00000000:00000000 00:00000000 00000000 ---
0 0 2286 2 ffff81042dd35c80 146348
In this example, only port 111 (0x006F) was flooded by messages that
user program could not read fast enough. 146348 messages were lost.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ROSE network is organized through nodes connected via hamradio or Internet.
AX25 packet radio frames sent to a remote ROSE address destination are routed
through these nodes.
Without the present patch, automatic routing mechanism did not work optimally
due to an improper parameter checking.
rose_get_neigh() function is called either by rose_connect() or by
rose_route_frame().
In the case of a call from rose_connect(), f0 timer is checked to find if a connection
is already pending. In that case it returns the address of the neighbour, or returns a NULL otherwise.
When called by rose_route_frame() the purpose was to route a packet AX25 frame
through an adjacent node given a destination rose address.
However, in that case, t0 timer checked does not indicate if the adjacent node
is actually connected even if the timer is not null. Thus, for each frame sent, the
function often tried to start a new connexion even if the adjacent node was already connected.
The patch adds a "new" parameter that is true when the function is called by
rose route_frame().
This instructs rose_get_neigh() to check node parameter "restarted".
If restarted is true it means that the route to the destination address is opened via a neighbour
node already connected.
If "restarted" is false the function returns a NULL.
In that case the calling function will initiate a new connection as before.
This results in a fast routing of frames, from nodes to nodes, until
destination is reached, as originaly specified by ROSE protocole.
Signed-off-by: Bernard Pidoux <f6bvp@amsat.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix three ct_extend/NAT extension related races:
- When cleaning up the extension area and removing it from the bysource hash,
the nat->ct pointer must not be set to NULL since it may still be used in
a RCU read side
- When replacing a NAT extension area in the bysource hash, the nat->ct
pointer must be assigned before performing the replacement
- When reallocating extension storage in ct_extend, the old memory must
not be freed immediately since it may still be used by a RCU read side
Possibly fixes https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=449315
and/or http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=10875
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Three major portions to this change:
1) Add IW_EV_COMPAT_LCP_LEN, IW_EV_COMPAT_POINT_OFF,
and IW_EV_COMPAT_POINT_LEN helper defines.
2) Delete iw_stream_check_add_*(), they are unused.
3) Add iw_request_info argument to iwe_stream_add_*(), and use it to
size the event and pointer lengths correctly depending upon whether
IW_REQUEST_FLAG_COMPAT is set or not.
4) The mechanical transformations to the drivers and wireless stack
bits to get the iw_request_info passed down into the routines
modified in #3. Also, explicit references to IW_EV_LCP_LEN are
replaced with iwe_stream_lcp_len(info).
With a lot of help and bug fixes from Masakazu Mokuno.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Next we can kill the hacks in fs/compat_ioctl.c and also
dispatch compat ioctls down into the driver and 80211 protocol
helper layers in order to handle iw_point objects embedded in
stream replies which need to be translated.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are many possible ways to add this "salt", thus I made this
patch to be the last in the series to change it if required.
Currently I propose to use the struct net pointer itself as this
salt, but since this pointer is most often cache-line aligned, shift
this right to eliminate the bits, that are most often zeroed.
After this, simply add this mix to prepared hashfn-s.
For CONFIG_NET_NS=n case this salt is 0 and no changes in hashfn
appear.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Same as for inet_hashfn, prepare its ipv6 incarnation.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Although this hash takes addresses into account, the ehash chains
can also be too long when, for instance, communications via lo occur.
So, prepare the inet_hashfn to take struct net into account.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Listening-on-one-port sockets in many namespaces produce long
chains in the listening_hash-es, so prepare the inet_lhashfn to
take struct net into account.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Binding to some port in many namespaces may create too long
chains in bhash-es, so prepare the hashfn to take struct net
into account.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change struct proto destroy function pointer to return void. Noticed
by Al Viro.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Take a __le16 directly rather than a host-endian value.
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
reorder udp_iter_state to remove padding on 64bit builds
shrinks from 24 to 16 bytes, moving to a smaller slab when
CONFIG_NET_NS is undefined & seq_net_private = {}
Signed-off-by: Richard Kennedy <richard@rsk.demon.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts two changesets, ec3c0982a2
("[TCP]: TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT updates - process as established") and
the follow-on bug fix 9ae27e0adb
("tcp: Fix slab corruption with ipv6 and tcp6fuzz").
This change causes several problems, first reported by Ingo Molnar
as a distcc-over-loopback regression where connections were getting
stuck.
Ilpo Järvinen first spotted the locking problems. The new function
added by this code, tcp_defer_accept_check(), only has the
child socket locked, yet it is modifying state of the parent
listening socket.
Fixing that is non-trivial at best, because we can't simply just grab
the parent listening socket lock at this point, because it would
create an ABBA deadlock. The normal ordering is parent listening
socket --> child socket, but this code path would require the
reverse lock ordering.
Next is a problem noticed by Vitaliy Gusev, he noted:
----------------------------------------
>--- a/net/ipv4/tcp_timer.c
>+++ b/net/ipv4/tcp_timer.c
>@@ -481,6 +481,11 @@ static void tcp_keepalive_timer (unsigned long data)
> goto death;
> }
>
>+ if (tp->defer_tcp_accept.request && sk->sk_state == TCP_ESTABLISHED) {
>+ tcp_send_active_reset(sk, GFP_ATOMIC);
>+ goto death;
Here socket sk is not attached to listening socket's request queue. tcp_done()
will not call inet_csk_destroy_sock() (and tcp_v4_destroy_sock() which should
release this sk) as socket is not DEAD. Therefore socket sk will be lost for
freeing.
----------------------------------------
Finally, Alexey Kuznetsov argues that there might not even be any
real value or advantage to these new semantics even if we fix all
of the bugs:
----------------------------------------
Hiding from accept() sockets with only out-of-order data only
is the only thing which is impossible with old approach. Is this really
so valuable? My opinion: no, this is nothing but a new loophole
to consume memory without control.
----------------------------------------
So revert this thing for now.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes CVS keywords that weren't updated for a long time
from comments.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we do for other socket/timewait-socket specific parameters,
let the callers pass appropriate arguments to
tcp_v{4,6}_do_calc_md5_hash().
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
We can share most part of the hash calculation code because
the only difference between IPv4 and IPv6 is their pseudo headers.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
This pacth makes IPv6 address labels per network namespace.
It keeps the global label tables, ip6addrlbl_table, but
adds a 'net' member to each ip6addrlbl_entry.
This new member is taken into account when matching labels.
Changelog
=========
* v1: Initial version
* v2:
* Minize the penalty when network namespaces are not configured:
* the 'net' member is added only if CONFIG_NET_NS is
defined. This saves space when network namespaces are not
configured.
* 'net' value is retrieved with the inlined function
ip6addrlbl_net() that always return &init_net when
CONFIG_NET_NS is not defined.
* 'net' member in ip6addrlbl_entry renamed to the less generic
'lbl_net' name (helps code search).
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
This patches removes IFA_GLOBAL definition from linux/include/net/if_inet6.h
as it is unused.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Wei Yongjun noticed that we may call reqsk_free on request sock objects where
the opt fields may not be initialized, fix it by introducing inet_reqsk_alloc
where we initialize ->opt to NULL and set ->pktopts to NULL in
inet6_reqsk_alloc.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- The tcp_unhash() method in /include/net/tcp.h is no more needed, as the
unhash method in tcp_prot structure is now inet_unhash (instead of
tcp_unhash in the
past); see tcp_prot structure in net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c.
- So, this patch removes tcp_unhash() declaration from include/net/tcp.h
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes nf_ct_ipv4_ct_gather_frags() method declaration from
include/net/netfilter/ipv4/nf_conntrack_ipv4.h, since it is unused in
the Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the last packet of a connection isn't accounted when its causing
abnormal termination.
Introduces nf_ct_kill_acct() which increments the accounting counters on
conntrack kill. The new function was necessary, because there are calls
to nf_ct_kill() which don't need accounting:
nf_conntrack_proto_tcp.c line ~847:
Kills ct and returns NF_REPEAT. We don't want to count twice.
nf_conntrack_proto_tcp.c line ~880:
Kills ct and returns NF_DROP. I think we don't want to count dropped
packets.
nf_conntrack_netlink.c line ~824:
As far as I can see ctnetlink_del_conntrack() is used to destroy a
conntrack on behalf of the user. There is an sk_buff, but I don't think
this is an actual packet. Incrementing counters here is therefore not
desired.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Hugelshofer <hugelshofer2006@gmx.ch>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Encapsulate the common
if (del_timer(&ct->timeout))
ct->timeout.function((unsigned long)ct)
sequence in a new function.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a port of the IPv4 security table for IPv6.
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following patch implements a new "security" table for iptables, so
that MAC (SELinux etc.) networking rules can be managed separately to
standard DAC rules.
This is to help with distro integration of the new secmark-based
network controls, per various previous discussions.
The need for a separate table arises from the fact that existing tools
and usage of iptables will likely clash with centralized MAC policy
management.
The SECMARK and CONNSECMARK targets will still be valid in the mangle
table to prevent breakage of existing users.
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit e9df2e8fd8 ("[IPV6]: Use
appropriate sock tclass setting for routing lookup.") also changed the
way that ECN capable transports mark this capability in IPv6. As a
result, SCTP was not marking ECN capablity because the traffic class
was never set. This patch brings back the markings for IPv6 traffic.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we are trying to fast retransmit the lowest outstanding TSN, we
need to restart the T3-RTX timer, so that subsequent timeouts will
correctly tag all the packets necessary for retransmissions.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Tested-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Correctly keep track of Fast Recovery state and do not reduce
congestion window multiple times during sucht state.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Tested-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 UDP sockets wth IPv4 mapped address use udp_sendmsg to send the data
actually. In this case ip_flush_pending_frames should be called instead
of ip6_flush_pending_frames.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
- Allow longer lifetimes (>= 0x7fffffff/HZ) on 64bit archs
by using unsigned long.
- Shadow this arithmetic overflow workaround by introducing
helper functions: addrconf_timeout_fixup() and
addrconf_finite_timeout().
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Commit 7cbca67c07 ("[IPV6]: Support
Source Address Selection API (RFC5014)") introduced NULL dereference
of asoc to sctp_v6_get_saddr in net/sctp/ipv6.c.
Pointed out by Johann Felix Soden <johfel@users.sourceforge.net>.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Make nlmsg_trim(), nlmsg_cancel(), genlmsg_cancel(), and
nla_nest_cancel() void functions.
Return -EMSGSIZE instead of -1 if the provided message buffer is not
big enough.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows to disable FAT channel in specific configurations.
For example the configuration (8, +1), (primary channel 8, extension
channel 12) isn't permitted in U.S., but (8, -1), (primary channel 8,
extension channel 4) is. When FAT channel configuration is not
permitted, FAT channel should be reported as not supported in the
capabilities of the HT IE in association request. And sssociation is
performed on 20Mhz channel.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The purpose of nla_parse_nested_compat() is to parse attributes which
contain a struct followed by a stream of nested attributes. So far,
it called nla_parse_nested() to parse the stream of nested attributes
which was wrong, as nla_parse_nested() expects a container attribute
as data which holds the attribute stream. It needs to call
nla_parse() directly while pointing at the next possible alignment
point after the struct in the beginning of the attribute.
With this patch, I can no longer reproduce the reported leftover
warnings.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates mac80211 and drivers to be multi-queue aware and
use that instead of the internal queue mapping. Also does a number
of cleanups in various pieces of the code that fall out and reduces
internal mac80211 state size.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There really is no reason for a driver to reject a frame on
an A-MPDU queue when it can stop that queue for any period
of time and is given frames one by one. Hence, disallow it
with a big warning and reduce mac80211-internal state.
Also add a warning when we try to fragment a frame destined
for an A-MPDU queue and drop it, the actual bug needs to be
fixed elsewhere but I'm not exactly sure how to yet.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit
information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra
memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit,
a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps
is kept outside of the union.
A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part
of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch modifies struct ieee80211_tx_control to give band
info and the rate index (instead of rate pointers) to drivers.
This mostly serves to reduce the TX control structure size to
make it fit into skb->cb so that the fragmentation code can
put it there and we can think about passing it to drivers that
way in the future.
The rt2x00 driver update was done by Ivo, thanks.
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Having drivers start queues is just confusing, their ->start()
callback can block and do whatever is necessary, so let mac80211
start queues and have drivers wake queues when necessary (to get
packets flowing again right away.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This tunnel uses its own private structure and requires separate
patch to switch from private stats to on-device ones.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All users already use on-device statistics, so this field can be
safely removed.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Noticed from Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> via David Miller
<davem@davemloft.net>.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This one stores all ctl-heads in one list and restricts the
permissions not give write access to non-init net namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit e38bad4766
mac80211: make ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces not need rtnl
rt2500usb and rt73usb broke down due to attempting register access
in atomic context (which is not possible for USB hardware).
This patch restores ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces() to use RTNL lock,
and provides the non-RTNL version under a new name:
ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic()
So far only rt2x00 uses ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(), and those
drivers require the RTNL version of ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces().
Since they already call that function directly, this patch will automatically
fix the USB rt2x00 drivers.
v2: Rename ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There was some cleanup issues during early mount which would trigger
a kernel bug for certain types of failure. This patch reorganizes the
cleanup to get rid of the bad behavior.
This also merges the 9pnet and 9pnet_fd modules for the purpose of
configuration and initialization. Keeping the fd transport separate
from the core 9pnet code seemed like a good idea at the time, but in
practice has caused more harm and confusion than good.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
The kernel-doc comments of much of the 9p system have been in disarray since
reorganization. This patch fixes those problems, adds additional documentation
and a template book which collects the 9p information.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
trying to clean up the signal/noise code. the previous code in mac80211 had
confusing names for the related variables, did not have much definition of
what units of signal and noise were provided and used implicit mechanisms from
the wireless extensions.
this patch introduces hardware capability flags to let the hardware specify
clearly if it can provide signal and noise level values and which units it can
provide. this also anticipates possible new units like RCPI in the future.
for signal:
IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC - unspecified, unknown, hw specific
IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB - dB difference to unspecified reference point
IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM - dBm, difference to 1mW
for noise we currently only have dBm:
IEEE80211_HW_NOISE_DBM - dBm, difference to 1mW
if IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB is used the driver has
to provide the maximum value (max_signal) it reports in order for applications
to make sense of the signal values.
i tried my best to find out for each driver what it can provide and update it
but i'm not sure (?) for some of them and used the more conservative guess in
doubt. this can be fixed easily after this patch has been merged by changing
the hardware flags of the driver.
DRIVER SIGNAL MAX NOISE QUAL
-----------------------------------------------------------------
adm8211 unspec(?) 100 n/a missing
at76_usb unspec(?) (?) unused missing
ath5k dBm dBm percent rssi
b43legacy dBm dBm percent jssi(?)
b43 dBm dBm percent jssi(?)
iwl-3945 dBm dBm percent snr+more
iwl-4965 dBm dBm percent snr+more
p54 unspec 127 n/a missing
rt2x00 dBm n/a percent rssi+tx/rx frame success
rt2400 dBm n/a
rt2500pci dBm n/a
rt2500usb dBm n/a
rt61pci dBm n/a
rt73usb dBm n/a
rtl8180 unspec(?) 65 n/a (?)
rtl8187 unspec(?) 65 (?) noise(?)
zd1211 dB(?) 100 n/a percent
drivers/net/wireless/ath5k/base.c: Changes-licensed-under: 3-Clause-BSD
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Replace u16ho with put/get_unaligned functions
Signed-off-by: Graf Yang <graf.yang@analog.com>
Signed-off-by: Bryan Wu <cooloney@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch eliminates the (very remote) chance of a crash resulting
from a partially initialized socket or native port unexpectedly
receiving a message. Now, during the creation of a socket or native
port, the underlying generic port's lock is not released until all
initialization required to handle incoming messages has been done.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The syncppp layer wants a mid-level netdev private pointer.
It was using netdev->priv but that only worked by accident,
and thus this scheme was broken when the device private
allocation strategy changed.
Add a proper mid-layer private pointer for uses like this,
update syncppp and all users, and remove the HDLC_PPP broken
tag from drivers/net/wan/Kconfig
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The specification of sctp_connectx() has been changed to return
an association id. We've added a new socket option that will
return the association id as the return value from the setsockopt()
call. The library that implements sctp_connectx() interface will
implement both socket options.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Brings delayed_ack socket option set/get into line with the latest ietf
socket extensions API draft, while maintaining backwards compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This
* makes the queue number passed to drivers a u16
(as it will be with skb_get_queue_mapping)
* removes the useless queue number defines
* splits hw->queues into hw->queues/ampdu_queues
* removes the debugfs files for per-queue counters
* removes some dead QoS code
* removes the beacon queue configuration for IBSS
so that the drivers now never get a queue number
bigger than (hw->queues + hw->ampdu_queues - 1)
for tx and only in the range 0..hw->queues-1 for
conf_tx.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The queue info in struct ieee80211_tx_status is never used.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The callback takes a ieee80211_tx_queue_stats with a contained
array of ieee80211_tx_queue_stats_data, remove the former, rename
the latter to ieee80211_tx_queue_stats and make tx_stats() take
the array directly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
After the bcm43xx removal ieee80211_wx_{get,set}_auth() were no longer
used.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
After the softmac removal ieee80211_tx_frame() was no longer used.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds a new flag to the ieee80211_key_conf structure.
This flag will inform the driver the key is pairwise rather then
a shared key.
This is important for drivers who support both types of keys,
and need to be informed which type of key this is. Alternative
would be drivers checking the address argument of set_key(),
but it will be safer when mac80211 is more explicit.
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The hw_key_idx inside the ieee80211_key_conf structure does
not provide all the information drivers might need to perform
hardware encryption.
This is in particular true for rt2x00 who needs to know the
key algorithm and whether it is a shared or pairwise key.
By passing the ieee80211_key_conf pointer it assures us that
drivers can make full use of all information that it should know
about a particular key.
Additionally this patch updates all drivers to grab the hw_key_idx from
the ieee80211_key_conf structure.
v2: Removed bogus u16 cast
v3: Add warning about ieee80211_tx_control pointers
v4: Update warning about ieee80211_tx_control pointers
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (53 commits)
tcp: Overflow bug in Vegas
[IPv4] UFO: prevent generation of chained skb destined to UFO device
iwlwifi: move the selects to the tristate drivers
ipv4: annotate a few functions __init in ipconfig.c
atm: ambassador: vcc_sf semaphore to mutex
MAINTAINERS: The socketcan-core list is subscribers-only.
netfilter: nf_conntrack: padding breaks conntrack hash on ARM
ipv4: Update MTU to all related cache entries in ip_rt_frag_needed()
sch_sfq: use del_timer_sync() in sfq_destroy()
net: Add compat support for getsockopt (MCAST_MSFILTER)
net: Several cleanups for the setsockopt compat support.
ipvs: fix oops in backup for fwmark conn templates
bridge: kernel panic when unloading bridge module
bridge: fix error handling in br_add_if()
netfilter: {nfnetlink,ip,ip6}_queue: fix skb_over_panic when enlarging packets
netfilter: x_tables: fix net namespace leak when reading /proc/net/xxx_tables_names
netfilter: xt_TCPOPTSTRIP: signed tcphoff for ipv6_skip_exthdr() retval
tcp: Limit cwnd growth when deferring for GSO
tcp: Allow send-limited cwnd to grow up to max_burst when gso disabled
[netdrvr] gianfar: Determine TBIPA value dynamically
...
* 'audit.b50' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/audit-current:
[PATCH] new predicate - AUDIT_FILETYPE
[patch 2/2] Use find_task_by_vpid in audit code
[patch 1/2] audit: let userspace fully control TTY input auditing
[PATCH 2/2] audit: fix sparse shadowed variable warnings
[PATCH 1/2] audit: move extern declarations to audit.h
Audit: MAINTAINERS update
Audit: increase the maximum length of the key field
Audit: standardize string audit interfaces
Audit: stop deadlock from signals under load
Audit: save audit_backlog_limit audit messages in case auditd comes back
Audit: collect sessionid in netlink messages
Audit: end printk with newline
commit 0794935e "[NETFILTER]: nf_conntrack: optimize hash_conntrack()"
results in ARM platforms hashing uninitialised padding. This padding
doesn't exist on other architectures.
Fix this by replacing NF_CT_TUPLE_U_BLANK() with memset() to ensure
everything is initialised. There were only 4 bytes that
NF_CT_TUPLE_U_BLANK() wasn't clearing anyway (or 12 bytes on ARM).
Signed-off-by: Philip Craig <philipc@snapgear.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add struct net_device parameter to ip_rt_frag_needed() and update MTU to
cache entries where ifindex is specified. This is similar to what is
already done in ip_rt_redirect().
Signed-off-by: Timo Teras <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for getsockopt for MCAST_MSFILTER for
both IPv4 and IPv6. It depends on the previous setsockopt patch,
and uses the same method.
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes bug http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=10556
where conn templates with protocol=IPPROTO_IP can oops backup box.
Result from ip_vs_proto_get() should be checked because
protocol value can be invalid or unsupported in backup. But
for valid message we should not fail for templates which use
IPPROTO_IP. Also, add checks to validate message limits and
connection state. Show state NONE for templates using IPPROTO_IP.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
iwlwifi: Allow building iwl3945 without iwl4965.
wireless: Fix compile error with wifi & leds
tcp: Fix slab corruption with ipv6 and tcp6fuzz
ipv4/ipv6 compat: Fix SSM applications on 64bit kernels.
[IPSEC]: Use digest_null directly for auth
sunrpc: fix missing kernel-doc
can: Fix copy_from_user() results interpretation
Revert "ipv6: Fix typo in net/ipv6/Kconfig"
tipc: endianness annotations
ipv6: result of csum_fold() is already 16bit, no need to cast
[XFRM] AUDIT: Fix flowlabel text format ambibuity.
Previously I added sessionid output to all audit messages where it was
available but we still didn't know the sessionid of the sender of
netlink messages. This patch adds that information to netlink messages
so we can audit who sent netlink messages.
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Add support on 64-bit kernels for seting 32-bit compatible MCAST*
socket options.
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds IPv6 support to the interfaces that are used to express nfsd
exports. All addressed are stored internally as IPv6; backwards
compatibility is maintained using mapped addresses.
Thanks to Bruce Fields, Brian Haley, Neil Brown and Hideaki Joshifuji
for comments
Signed-off-by: Aurelien Charbon <aurelien.charbon@bull.net>
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki / 吉藤英明 <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
As it stands it's impossible to use any authentication algorithms
with an ID above 31 portably. It just happens to work on x86 but
fails miserably on ppc64.
The reason is that we're using a bit mask to check the algorithm
ID but the mask is only 32 bits wide.
After looking at how this is used in the field, I have concluded
that in the long term we should phase out state matching by IDs
because this is made superfluous by the reqid feature. For current
applications, the best solution IMHO is to allow all algorithms when
the bit masks are all ~0.
The following patch does exactly that.
This bug was identified by IBM when testing on the ppc64 platform
using the NULL authentication algorithm which has an ID of 251.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This deblats ~200 bytes when ipv6 and dccp are 'y'.
Besides, this will ease compilation issues for patches
I'm working on to make inet hash tables more scalable
wrt net namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As I can see from the code, two places (tcp_v6_syn_recv_sock and
dccp_v6_request_recv_sock) that call this one already run with
BHs disabled, so it's safe to call __inet_inherit_port there.
Besides (in case I missed smth with code review) the calltrace
tcp_v6_syn_recv_sock
`- tcp_v4_syn_recv_sock
`- __inet_inherit_port
and the similar for DCCP are valid, but assumes BHs to be disabled.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to send BSS changes to driver from beacons processed
during scanning. We are more interested in beacons from an AP with which
we are associated - these will still be used to send updates to driver as
the beacons are received without scanning.
This change·removes the requirement that bss_info_changed needs to be atomic.
The beacons received during scanning are processed from a tasklet, but if we
do not call bss_info_changed for these beacons there is no need for it to be
atomic. This function (bss_info_changed) is called either from workqueue or
ioctl in all other instances.
Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Acked-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This change is necessary to allow cwnd to grow during persistent
reordering. Cwnd moderation is applied when in the disorder state
and an ack that fills the hole comes in. If the hole was greater
than 3 packets, but less than tp->reordering, cwnd will shrink when
it should not have.
Signed-off-by: John Heffner <jheffner@napa.(none)>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Protocol control sockets and netlink kernel sockets should not prevent the
namespace stop request. They are initialized and disposed in a special way by
sk_change_net/sk_release_kernel.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make release_net/hold_net noop for performance-hungry people. This is a debug
staff and should be used in the debug mode only.
Add check for net != NULL in hold/release calls. This will be required
later on.
[ Added minor simplifications suggested by Brian Haley. -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This one is responsible for calling ->dellink on each net
device found in net to help with vlan net_exit hook in the
nearest future.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the elastic array of void * pointer to the struct net.
The access rules are simple:
1. register the ops with register_pernet_gen_device to get
the id of your private pointer
2. call net_assign_generic() to put the private data on the
struct net (most preferably this should be done in the
->init callback of the ops registered)
3. do not store any private reference on the net_generic array;
4. do not change this pointer while the net is alive;
5. use the net_generic() to get the pointer.
When adding a new pointer, I copy the old array, replace it
with a new one and schedule the old for kfree after an RCU
grace period.
Since the net_generic explores the net->gen array inside rcu
read section and once set the net->gen->ptr[x] pointer never
changes, this grants us a safe access to generic pointers.
Quoting Paul: "... RCU is protecting -only- the net_generic
structure that net_generic() is traversing, and the [pointer]
returned by net_generic() is protected by a reference counter
in the upper-level struct net."
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To make some per-net generic pointers, we need some way to address
them, i.e. - IDs. This is simple IDA-based IDs generator for pernet
subsystems.
Addressing questions about potential checkpoint/restart problems:
these IDs are "lite-offsets" within the net structure and are by no
means supposed to be exported to the userspace.
Since it will be used in the nearest future by devices only (tun,
vlan, tunnels, bridge, etc), I make it resemble the functionality
of register_pernet_device().
The new ids is stored in the *id pointer _before_ calling the init
callback to make this id available in this callback.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even kernel 2.2.26 (sic) already contains the
#undef CONFIG_IRLAN_SEND_GRATUITOUS_ARP
with the comment "but for some reason the machine crashes if you use DHCP".
Either someone finally looks into this or it's simply time to remove
this dead code.
Reported-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch modifies TIPC's socket code to follow the same approach
used by other protocols. This change eliminates the need for a
mutex in the TIPC-specific portion of the socket protocol data
structure -- in its place, the standard Linux socket backlog queue
and associated locking routines are utilized. These changes fix
a long-standing receive queue bug on SMP systems, and also enable
individual read and write threads to utilize a socket without
unnecessarily interfering with each other.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Directly call IPv4 and IPv6 variants where the address family is
easily known.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Connection tracking helpers (specifically FTP) need to be called
before NAT sequence numbers adjustments are performed to be able
to compare them against previously seen ones. We've introduced
two new hooks around 2.6.11 to maintain this ordering when NAT
modules were changed to get called from conntrack helpers directly.
The cost of netfilter hooks is quite high and sequence number
adjustments are only rarely needed however. Add a RCU-protected
sequence number adjustment function pointer and call it from
IPv4 conntrack after calling the helper.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
New extensions may only be added to unconfirmed conntracks to avoid races
when reallocating the storage.
Also change NF_CT_ASSERT to use WARN_ON to get backtraces.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Adding extensions to confirmed conntracks is not allowed to avoid races
on reallocation. Don't setup NAT for confirmed conntracks in case NAT
module is loaded late.
The has one side-effect, the connections existing before the NAT module
was loaded won't enter the bysource hash. The only case where this actually
makes a difference is in case of SNAT to a multirange where the IP before
NAT is also part of the range. Since old connections don't enter the
bysource hash the first new connection from the IP will have a new address
selected. This shouldn't matter at all.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Move to nf_nat_proto_common and rename to nf_nat_proto_... since they're
also used by protocols that don't have port numbers.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This expresses __skb_append in terms of __skb_queue_after, exploiting that
__skb_append(old, new, list) = __skb_queue_after(list, old, new).
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And replace all its usage with init_net's socket.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And replace all its usage with init_net's socket.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to the overall struct net design, it will be
filled with DCCP-related members.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to create seq_operations for each instance of 'netstat'.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Smack doesn't have the need to create a private copy of the LSM "domain" when
setting NetLabel security attributes like SELinux, however, the current
NetLabel code requires a private copy of the LSM "domain". This patches fixes
that by letting the LSM determine how it wants to pass the domain value.
* NETLBL_SECATTR_DOMAIN_CPY
The current behavior, NetLabel assumes that the domain value is a copy and
frees it when done
* NETLBL_SECATTR_DOMAIN
New, Smack-friendly behavior, NetLabel assumes that the domain value is a
reference to a string managed by the LSM and does not free it when done
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix 3 warnings about discarding const qualifiers:
net/sctp/ulpevent.c:862: warning: passing argument 1 of 'sctp_event2skb' discards qualifiers from pointer target type
net/sctp/sm_statefuns.c:4393: warning: passing argument 1 of 'SCTP_ASOC' discards qualifiers from pointer target type
net/sctp/socket.c:5874: warning: passing argument 1 of 'cmsg_nxthdr' discards qualifiers from pointer target type
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When receiving an error length INIT-ACK during COOKIE-WAIT,
a 0-vtag ABORT will be responsed. This action violates the
protocol apparently. This patch achieves the following things.
1 If the INIT-ACK contains all the fixed parameters, use init-tag
recorded from INIT-ACK as vtag.
2 If the INIT-ACK doesn't contain all the fixed parameters,
just reflect its vtag.
Signed-off-by: Gui Jianfeng <guijianfeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MIP6_OPT_PAD_X are actually for paddings in destination
option header. Replace them with our standard IPV6_TLV_PADX.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Allow the use of SACK and window scaling when syncookies are used
and the client supports tcp timestamps. Options are encoded into
the timestamp sent in the syn-ack and restored from the timestamp
echo when the ack is received.
Based on earlier work by Glenn Griffin.
This patch avoids increasing the size of structs by encoding TCP
options into the least significant bits of the timestamp and
by not using any 'timestamp offset'.
The downside is that the timestamp sent in the packet after the synack
will increase by several seconds.
changes since v1:
don't duplicate timestamp echo decoding function, put it into ipv4/syncookie.c
and have ipv6/syncookies.c use it.
Feedback from Glenn Griffin: fix line indented with spaces, kill redundant if ()
Reviewed-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) Standlaone ip6_null_entry is no longer needed as it is replaced by
the ip6_null_entry member of ipv6 (instance of struct netns_ipv6) in
struct net (as a result of Network Namespaces patches).
2) These 3 methods from this same header are not defined anywhere:
ip6_rt_addr_add(), ip6_rt_addr_del(), rt6_sndmsg()
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes two unused method declarations in
include/net/ndisc.h: ndisc_forwarding_on(void) and
ndisc_forwarding_off(void);
Also igmp6_cleanup(void) appears twice in this header, so one
igmp6_cleanup(void) declaration is removed.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sk_filter function is too big to be inlined. This saves 2296 bytes
of text on allyesconfig.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new API to MAC80211 to allow low level driver to
notify MAC with driver status.
Signed-off-by: Mohamed Abbas <mabbas@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch is necessary for the upcoming Accesspoint patch for p54.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds assocation capability, timestamp (tsf) and beacon interval
to bss_conf. This is required for successful assocation of iwlwifi drivers
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch eliminates the use of conf_ht, replacing it with
bss_info_changed.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fixes Bugzilla #10384
tcp_simple_retransmit does L increment without any checking
whatsoever for overflowing S+L when Reno is in use.
The simplest scenario I can currently think of is rather
complex in practice (there might be some more straightforward
cases though). Ie., if mss is reduced during mtu probing, it
may end up marking everything lost and if some duplicate ACKs
arrived prior to that sacked_out will be non-zero as well,
leading to S+L > packets_out, tcp_clean_rtx_queue on the next
cumulative ACK or tcp_fastretrans_alert on the next duplicate
ACK will fix the S counter.
More straightforward (but questionable) solution would be to
just call tcp_reset_reno_sack() in tcp_simple_retransmit but
it would negatively impact the probe's retransmission, ie.,
the retransmissions would not occur if some duplicate ACKs
had arrived.
So I had to add reno sacked_out reseting to CA_Loss state
when the first cumulative ACK arrives (this stale sacked_out
might actually be the explanation for the reports of left_out
overflows in kernel prior to 2.6.23 and S+L overflow reports
of 2.6.24). However, this alone won't be enough to fix kernel
before 2.6.24 because it is building on top of the commit
1b6d427bb7 ([TCP]: Reduce sacked_out with reno when purging
write_queue) to keep the sacked_out from overflowing.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Reported-by: Alessandro Suardi <alessandro.suardi@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a generic requirement, so make inet_ctl_sock_create namespace
aware and create a inet_ctl_sock_destroy wrapper around
sk_release_kernel.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All upper protocol layers are already use sock internally.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This call is nothing common with INET connection sockets code. It
simply creates an unhashes kernel sockets for protocol messages.
Move the new call into af_inet.c after the rename.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This does not look good, but there is no other choice. The compilation
without CONFIG_NET is broken and can not be fixed with ease.
After that there is no need for the following commits:
1567ca7eec3edf8fa5cc2d38f9a4f8
Revert them.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates the Linux the Intra-Site Automatic Tunnel Addressing
Protocol (ISATAP) implementation. It places the ISATAP potential router
list (PRL) in the kernel and adds three new private ioctls for PRL
management.
[Add several changes of structure name, constant names etc. - yoshfuji]
Signed-off-by: Fred L. Templin <fred.l.templin@boeing.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Allocate the skb for llc responses with the received packet size by
using the size adjustable llc_frame_alloc.
Don't allocate useless extra payload.
Cleanup magic numbers.
So, this fixes oops.
Reported by Jim Westfall:
kernel: skb_over_panic: text:c0541fc7 len:1000 put:997 head:c166ac00 data:c166ac2f tail:0xc166b017 end:0xc166ac80 dev:eth0
kernel: ------------[ cut here ]------------
kernel: kernel BUG at net/core/skbuff.c:95!
Signed-off-by: Joonwoo Park <joonwpark81@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Such an accounting would cost us two more dereferences to get the
percpu variable from the struct net, so I make sock_prot_inuse_get
and _add calls work differently depending on CONFIG_NET_NS - without
it old optimized routines are used.
The per-cpu counter for init_net is prepared in core_initcall, so
that even af_inet, that starts as fs_initcall, will already have the
init_net prepared.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This counter is about to become per-proto-and-per-net, so we'll need
two arguments to determine which cell in this "table" to work with.
All the places, but proc already pass proper net to it - proc will be
tuned a bit later.
Some indentation with spaces in proc files is done to keep the file
coding style consistent.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's already some stuff on the struct net, that should better
be folded into netns_core structure. I'm making the per-proto inuse
counter be per-net also, which is also a candidate for this, so
introduce this structure and populate it a bit.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to create seq_operations for each instance of 'netstat'.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An uppercut - do not use the pcounter on struct proto.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Constructive part of the set is finished here. We have to remove the
pcounter, so start with its init and free functions.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And redirect sock_prot_inuse_add and _get to use one.
As far as the dereferences are concerned. Before the patch we made
1 dereference to proto->inuse.add call, the call itself and then
called the __get_cpu_var() on a static variable. After the patch we
make a direct call, then one dereference to proto->inuse_idx and
then the same __get_cpu_var() on a still static variable. So this
patch doesn't seem to produce performance penalty on SMP.
This is not per-net yet, but I will deliberately make NET_NS=y case
separated from NET_NS=n one, since it'll cost us one-or-two more
dereferences to get the struct net and the inuse counter.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The inuse counters are going to become a per-cpu array. Introduce an
index for this array on the struct proto.
To handle the case of proto register-unregister-register loop the
bitmap is used. All its bits manipulations are protected with
proto_list_lock and a sanity check for the bitmap being exhausted is
also added.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On Fri, 2008-03-28 at 03:24 -0700, Andrew Morton wrote:
> they should all be renamed.
Done for include/net and net
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kill unnecessary llc_station_mac_sa.
Signed-off-by: Joonwoo Park <joonwpark81@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patches removes unused declaration of addrconf_forwarding_on() method
in include/net/addrconf.h.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With a was number of callsites sctp_add_cmd_sf wrapper bloats
kernel by some amount. Due to unlikely tracking allyesconfig,
with the initial result were around ~7kB (thus caught my
attention) while a non-debug config produced only ~2.3kB effect.
I (ij) proposed first a patch to uninline it but Vlad responded
with a patch that removed the only sctp_add_cmd call which is
wrapped by sctp_add_cmd_sf (I wasn't sure if I could do that).
I did minor cleanup to Vlad's patch.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes three unused method declarations in include/net/ipv6.h:
inet_getfrag_t(), ipv6_build_nfrag_opts() and ipv6_build_frag_opts().
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes ieee80211_get_channel a static inline defined in
cfg80211's header file which simply calls __ieee80211_get_channel
to avoid symbol clashes with the ieee80211 code.
The problem was pointed out by David Miller, thanks!
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch introduces a new member, fl_net, in struct ip6_flowlabel.
This allows to create labels with the same value in different namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make use of the network namespace information to have this protocol to
handle several network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IPv6 BEET output function is incorrectly including the inner
header in the payload to be protected. This causes a crash as
the packet doesn't actually have that many bytes for a second
header.
The IPv4 BEET output on the other hand is broken when it comes
to handling an inner IPv6 header since it always assumes an
inner IPv4 header.
This patch fixes both by making sure that neither BEET output
function touches the inner header at all. All access is now
done through the protocol-independent cb structure. Two new
attributes are added to make this work, the IP header length
and the IPv4 option length. They're filled in by the inner
mode's output function.
Thanks to Joakim Koskela for finding this problem.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add some flesh to ipv4_sysctl_init_net and ipv4_sysctl_exit_net,
i.e. copy the table, alter .data pointers and register it per-net.
Other ipv4_table's sysctls are now global, but this is going to
change once sysctl permissions patches migrate from -mm tree to
mainline in 2.6.26 merge window :)
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initialization is moved to icmp_sk_init, all the places, that
refer to them use init_net for now.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent commits from YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
have been introduced a several compilation warnings
'assignment discards qualifiers from pointer target type'
due to extra const modifier in the inline call parameters of
{dev|sock|twsk}_net_set.
Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for multiple media channels and use it to create
expectations for video streams when present.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create expectations for incoming signalling connections when seeing
a REGISTER request. This is needed when the registrar uses a
different source port number for signalling messages and for receiving
incoming calls from other endpoints than the registrar.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce expectation classes and policies. An expectation class
is used to distinguish different types of expectations by the
same helper (for example audio/video/t.120). The expectation
policy is used to hold the maximum number of expectations and
the initial timeout for each class.
The individual classes are isolated from each other, which means
that for example an audio expectation will only evict other audio
expectations.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is useful for the SIP helper and signalling expectations.
We don't want to create a full-blown expectation with a wildcard
as source based on a single UDP packet, but need to know the
final port anyways. With inactive expectations we can register
the expectation and reserve the tuple, but wait for confirmation
from the registrar before activating it.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NF_CT_TUPLE_DUMP prints IPv4 addresses as IPv6, fix this and use printk
(guarded by #ifdef DEBUG) directly instead of pr_debug since the tuple
is usually printed at the end of line and we don't want to include a
log-level.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ieee80211_get_channel() which gets you a channel struct for a
specific wiphy if that channel is present in that wiphy.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch makes mac80211 able to send a phase1 key for TKIP
decryption.
This is needed for drivers that don't do the rekeying by themselves
(i.e. iwlwifi). Upon IV16 wrap around, the packet is decrypted in SW,
if decryption is ok, mac80211 calls to update_tkip_key with a new
phase 1 RX key.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch makes mac80211 able to compute a TKIP key from an skb.
The requested key can be a phase 1 or a phase 2 key.
This is useful for drivers who need to provide tkip key to their
HW to enable HW encryption.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Introduce an inline net_eq() to compare two namespaces.
Without CONFIG_NET_NS, since no namespace other than &init_net
exists, it is always 1.
We do not need to convert 1) inline vs inline and
2) inline vs &init_net comparisons.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Introduce neigh_parms/pneigh_entry inlines: neigh_parms_net(), pneigh_net().
Without CONFIG_NET_NS, no namespace other than &init_net exists.
Let's explicitly define them to help compiler optimizations.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Introduce per-sock inlines: sock_net(), sock_net_set()
and per-inet_timewait_sock inlines: twsk_net(), twsk_net_set().
Without CONFIG_NET_NS, no namespace other than &init_net exists.
Let's explicitly define them to help compiler optimizations.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Last part of hop-limit determination is always:
hoplimit = dst_metric(dst, RTAX_HOPLIMIT);
if (hoplimit < 0)
hoplimit = ipv6_get_hoplimit(dst->dev).
Let's consolidate it as ip6_dst_hoplimit(dst).
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Each MIPv6 XFRM state (DSTOPT/RH2) holds either destination or source
address to be mangled in the IPv6 header (that is "CoA").
On Inter-MN communication after both nodes binds each other,
they use route optimized traffic two MIPv6 states applied, and
both source and destination address in the IPv6 header
are replaced by the states respectively.
The packet format is correct, however, next-hop routing search
are not.
This patch fixes it by remembering address pairs for later states.
Based on patch from Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>.
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
IP layer now can handle multiple namespaces normally. So, process such
packets normally and drop them only if the transport layer is not
aware about namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_options_compile uses inet_addr_type which requires a namespace. The
packet argument is optional, so parameter is the only way to obtain
it. Pass the init_net there for now.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Proxy neighbors do not have any reference counting, so any caller
of pneigh_lookup (unless it's a netlink triggered add/del routine)
should _not_ perform any actions on the found proxy entry.
There's one exception from this rule - the ipv6's ndisc_recv_ns()
uses found entry to check the flags for NTF_ROUTER.
This creates a race between the ndisc and pneigh_delete - after
the pneigh is returned to the caller, the nd_tbl.lock is dropped
and the deleting procedure may proceed.
One of the fixes would be to add a reference counting, but this
problem exists for ndisc only. Besides such a patch would be too
big for -rc4.
So I propose to introduce a __pneigh_lookup() which is supposed
to be called with the lock held and use it in ndisc code to check
the flags on alive pneigh entry.
Changes from v2:
As David noticed, Exported the __pneigh_lookup() to ipv6 module.
The checkpatch generates a warning on it, since the EXPORT_SYMBOL
does not follow the symbol itself, but in this file all the
exports come at the end, so I decided no to break this harmony.
Changes from v1:
Fixed comments from YOSHIFUJI - indentation of prototype in header
and the pndisc_check_router() name - and a compilation fix, pointed
by Daniel - the is_routed was (falsely) considered as uninitialized
by gcc.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_datamsg_free and sctp_datamsg_track are just aliases for
sctp_datamsg_put and sctp_chunk_hold, respectively.
Saves 32 Bytes on x86.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
the first u32 copied from syncookie_secret is overwritten by the
minute-counter four lines below. After adjusting the destination
address, the size of syncookie_secret can be reduced accordingly.
AFAICS, the only other user of syncookie_secret[] is the ipv6
syncookie support. Because ipv6 syncookies only grab 44 bytes from
syncookie_secret[], this shouldn't affect them in any way.
With fixes from Glenn Griffin.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Glenn Griffin <ggriffin.kernel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sorry for the patch sequence confusion :| but I found that the similar
thing can be done for raw sockets easily too late.
Expand the proto.h union with the raw_hashinfo member and use it in
raw_prot and rawv6_prot. This allows to drop the protocol specific
versions of hash and unhash callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After this we have only udp_lib_get_port to get the port and two
stubs for ipv4 and ipv6. No difference in udp and udplite except
for initialized h.udp_hash member.
I tried to find a graceful way to drop the only difference between
udp_v4_get_port and udp_v6_get_port (i.e. the rcv_saddr comparison
routine), but adding one more callback on the struct proto didn't
appear such :( Maybe later.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Inspired by the commit ab1e0a13 ([SOCK] proto: Add hashinfo member to
struct proto) from Arnaldo, I made similar thing for UDP/-Lite IPv4
and -v6 protocols.
The result is not that exciting, but it removes some levels of
indirection in udpxxx_get_port and saves some space in code and text.
The first step is to union existing hashinfo and new udp_hash on the
struct proto and give a name to this union, since future initialization
of tcpxxx_prot, dccp_vx_protinfo and udpxxx_protinfo will cause gcc
warning about inability to initialize anonymous member this way.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_options->is_data is assigned only and never checked. The structure is
not a part of kernel interface to the userspace. So, it is safe to remove
this field.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT implementation so that it transitions a
connection to ESTABLISHED after handshake is complete instead of
leaving it in SYN-RECV until some data arrvies. Place connection in
accept queue when first data packet arrives from slow path.
Benefits:
- established connection is now reset if it never makes it
to the accept queue
- diagnostic state of established matches with the packet traces
showing completed handshake
- TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT timeouts are expressed in seconds and can now be
enforced with reasonable accuracy instead of rounding up to next
exponential back-off of syn-ack retry.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McManus <mcmanus@ducksong.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the inline trick (same as pr_debug) to get checking of debug
statements even if no code is generated.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduced by 270637abff
("[SCTP]: Fix a race between module load and protosw access")
Reported by Gabriel C:
In file included from net/sctp/sm_statetable.c:50:
include/net/sctp/sctp.h: In function 'sctp_v6_pf_init':
include/net/sctp/sctp.h:392: warning: 'return' with a value, in function returning void
In file included from net/sctp/sm_statefuns.c:62:
include/net/sctp/sctp.h: In function 'sctp_v6_pf_init':
include/net/sctp/sctp.h:392: warning: 'return' with a value, in function returning void
...
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The proc init/exit functions take a new network namespace parameter in
order to register/unregister /proc/net/udp6 for a namespace.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch, like udp proc, makes the proc functions to take care of
which namespace the socket belongs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the common udp proc functions to take care of which
socket they should show taking into account the namespace it belongs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update: My mailer ate one of Jarek's feedback mails... Fixed the
parameter in netif_set_gso_max_size() to be u32, not u16. Fixed the
whitespace issue due to a patch import botch. Changed the types from
u32 to unsigned int to be more consistent with other variables in the
area. Also brought the patch up to the latest net-2.6.26 tree.
Update: Made gso_max_size container 32 bits, not 16. Moved the
location of gso_max_size within netdev to be less hotpath. Made more
consistent names between the sock and netdev layers, and added a
define for the max GSO size.
Update: Respun for net-2.6.26 tree.
Update: changed max_gso_frame_size and sk_gso_max_size from signed to
unsigned - thanks Stephen!
This patch adds the ability for device drivers to control the size of
the TSO frames being sent to them, per TCP connection. By setting the
netdevice's gso_max_size value, the socket layer will set the GSO
frame size based on that value. This will propogate into the TCP
layer, and send TSO's of that size to the hardware.
This can be desirable to help tune the bursty nature of TSO on a
per-adapter basis, where one may have 1 GbE and 10 GbE devices
coexisting in a system, one running multiqueue and the other not, etc.
This can also be desirable for devices that cannot support full 64 KB
TSO's, but still want to benefit from some level of segmentation
offloading.
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a race is SCTP between the loading of the module
and the access by the socket layer to the protocol functions.
In particular, a list of addresss that SCTP maintains is
not initialized prior to the registration with the protosw.
Thus it is possible for a user application to gain access
to SCTP functions before everything has been initialized.
The problem shows up as odd crashes during connection
initializtion when we try to access the SCTP address list.
The solution is to refactor how we do registration and
initialize the lists prior to registering with the protosw.
Care must be taken since the address list initialization
depends on some other pieces of SCTP initialization. Also
the clean-up in case of failure now also needs to be refactored.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Comparing with kernel 2.6.24, tbench result has regression with
2.6.25-rc1.
1) On 2 quad-core processor stoakley: 4%.
2) On 4 quad-core processor tigerton: more than 30%.
bisect located below patch.
b4ce92775c is first bad commit
commit b4ce92775c
Author: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Date: Tue Nov 13 21:33:32 2007 -0800
[IPV6]: Move nfheader_len into rt6_info
The dst member nfheader_len is only used by IPv6. It's also currently
creating a rather ugly alignment hole in struct dst. Therefore this patch
moves it from there into struct rt6_info.
Above patch changes the cache line alignment, especially member
__refcnt. I did a testing by adding 2 unsigned long pading before
lastuse, so the 3 members, lastuse/__refcnt/__use, are moved to next
cache line. The performance is recovered.
I created a patch to rearrange the members in struct dst_entry.
With Eric and Valdis Kletnieks's suggestion, I made finer arrangement.
1) Move tclassid under ops in case CONFIG_NET_CLS_ROUTE=y. So
sizeof(dst_entry)=200 no matter if CONFIG_NET_CLS_ROUTE=y/n. I
tested many patches on my 16-core tigerton by moving tclassid to
different place. It looks like tclassid could also have impact on
performance. If moving tclassid before metrics, or just don't move
tclassid, the performance isn't good. So I move it behind metrics.
2) Add comments before __refcnt.
On 16-core tigerton:
If CONFIG_NET_CLS_ROUTE=y, the result with below patch is about 18%
better than the one without the patch;
If CONFIG_NET_CLS_ROUTE=n, the result with below patch is about 30%
better than the one without the patch.
With 32bit 2.6.25-rc1 on 8-core stoakley, the new patch doesn't
introduce regression.
Thank Eric, Valdis, and David!
Signed-off-by: Zhang Yanmin <yanmin.zhang@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's a horrible slab abuse in net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_extend.c
that can be replaced with a call to ksize().
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch clarifies the use of IEEE80211_TXCTL_OFDM_HT flag.
Can by united with patch "mac80211: adding mac80211_tx_control
flags and HT flags"
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch makes enum from the defines previously dwelled inside
ieee80211_tx_control for better readability.
The patch also addes HT flags, for 802.11n drivers:
- IEEE80211_TXCTL_OFDM_HT: request low-level driver to use HT OFDM rates
- IEEE80211_TXCTL_GREEN_FIELD: use green field protection
- IEEE80211_TXCTL_DUP_DATA: duplicate data on both 20 Mhz channels
- IEEE80211_TXCTL_40_MHZ_WIDTH: send this frame in 40Mhz width
- IEEE80211_TXCTL_SHORT_GI: send this frame with short guard interval
Tx command can be a combination of any of these flags, along with
bitrate represented by ieee80211_rate. this will allow legacy drivers to
switch easily to any 11n rate representation.
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
CC: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch make use of the network namespace information at the right
places to handle the multicast for several network namespaces. It
makes the socket control to be per namespace too.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of having a tcp6_socket global to all the namespace, there is
tcp6 socket control per namespace. That is consistent with which
namespace sent a RST and allows to pass the socket to the underlying
function to retrieve the network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make ndisc socket control per namespace.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current /proc/net is done with so called "shadows", but current
implementation is broken and has little chances to get fixed.
The problem is that dentries subtree of /proc/net directory has
fancy revalidation rules to make processes living in different
net namespaces see different entries in /proc/net subtree, but
currently, tasks see in the /proc/net subdir the contents of any
other namespace, depending on who opened the file first.
The proposed fix is to turn /proc/net into a symlink, which points
to /proc/self/net, which in turn shows what previously was in
/proc/net - the network-related info, from the net namespace the
appropriate task lives in.
# ls -l /proc/net
lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 8 Mar 5 15:17 /proc/net -> self/net
In other words - this behaves like /proc/mounts, but unlike
"mounts", "net" is not a file, but a directory.
Changes from v2:
* Fixed discrepancy of /proc/net nlink count and selinux labeling
screwup pointed out by Stephen.
To get the correct nlink count the ->getattr callback for /proc/net
is overridden to read one from the net->proc_net entry.
To make selinux still work the net->proc_net entry is initialized
properly, i.e. with the "net" name and the proc_net parent.
Selinux fixes are
Acked-by: Stephen Smalley <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>
Changes from v1:
* Fixed a task_struct leak in get_proc_task_net, pointed out by Paul.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit db1ed684f6 ("[IPV6]
UDP: Rename IPv6 UDP files."), commit
8be8af8fa4 ("[IPV4] UDP: Move
IPv4-specific bits to other file.") and commit
e898d4db27 ("[UDP]: Allow users to
configure UDP-Lite.").
First, udplite is of such small cost, and it is a core protocol just
like TCP and normal UDP are.
We spent enormous amounts of effort to make udplite share as much code
with core UDP as possible. All of that work is less valuable if we're
just going to slap a config option on udplite support.
It is also causing build failures, as reported on linux-next, showing
that the changeset was not tested very well. In fact, this is the
second build failure resulting from the udplite change.
Finally, the config options provided was a bool, instead of a modular
option. Meaning the udplite code does not even get build tested
by allmodconfig builds, and furthermore the user is not presented
with a reasonable modular build option which is particularly needed
by distribution vendors.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch eliminates warnings about undeclared symbols.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes code associated with optional, user-specified
fields of the TIPC message header. Such fields were never
utilized by TIPC, and have now been removed from the protocol
specification.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Quite a while ago I started this book. The required kernel-doc
patches have since gone into the tree so it is now possible to
build the book in mainline.
The actual documentation is still rather incomplete and not all
things are linked into the book, but this enables us to edit
the documentation collaboratively, hopefully driver authors can
add documentation based on their experience with mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Various cleanups, reducing the #ifdef mess and other things.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Added support for mesh id and mesh path operation as well as
station structure dumping.
Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
hci_sock_cleanup() always returns 0 and its return value isn't used
anywhere in the code.
Compile-tested with 'make allyesconfig && make net/bluetooth/bluetooth.ko'
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(Anonymous) unions can help us to avoid ugly casts.
A common cast it the (struct rtable *)skb->dst one.
Defining an union like :
union {
struct dst_entry *dst;
struct rtable *rtable;
};
permits to use skb->rtable in place.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an netns parameter to ip6_route_output. That will allow to access
to the right routing table for outgoing traffic.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch propagates the network namespace pointer to the address
configuration routines which need it, which means adding a new
parameter to these functions, and make them use it instead of using
the initial network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If all of the entropy is in the local and foreign addresses,
but xor'ing together would cancel out that entropy, the
current hash performs poorly.
Suggested by Cosmin Ratiu:
Basically, the situation is as follows: There is a client
machine and a server machine. Both create 15000 virtual
interfaces, open up a socket for each pair of interfaces and
do SIP traffic. By profiling I noticed that there is a lot of
time spent walking the established hash chains with this
particular setup.
The addresses were distributed like this: client interfaces
were 198.18.0.1/16 with increments of 1 and server interfaces
were 198.18.128.1/16 with increments of 1. As I said, there
were 15000 interfaces. Source and destination ports were 5060
for each connection. So in this case, ports don't matter for
hashing purposes, and the bits from the address pairs used
cancel each other, meaning there are no differences in the
whole lot of pairs, so they all end up in the same hash chain.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the necessary changes to make IPv6 dst_entry garbage
collection work with multiple network namespaces.
In ip6_dst_gc(), static local variables are now declared
per-namespace.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ip6_dst_ops is moved inside the network namespace structure. All
references to this structure are now relative to the initial network
namespace.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rt6_info structures are moved inside the network namespace
structure. All references to these structures are now relative to the
initial network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch make mindless changes and prepares the code to use dynamic
allocation for rt6_info structure. The code accesses the rt6_info
structure as a pointer instead of a global static variable.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the routing engine use the network namespaces to
access routing informations: Add a network namespace parameter to
ipv6_route_ioctl and propagate the network namespace value to all the
routing code that have not yet been changed.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a network namespace parameter to rt6_purge_dflt_routers. This is
needed to call fib6_get_table with the appropriate network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a network namespace parameter to rt6_lookup().
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rt6_stats is now per namespace with this patch. It is allocated
when a network namespace is created and freed when the network
namespace exits and references are relative to the network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allocates the rt6_stats struct dynamically when the fib6 is
initialized. That provides the ability to create several instances of
this structure for the network namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The fib6_rules_ops is moved to the network namespace structure. All
references are changed to have it relatively to it.
Each time a network namespace is created a new fib6_rules_ops is
allocated, initialized and stored into the network namespace
structure.
The common part of the fib rules is namespace aware, so it is quite
easy to retrieve the network namespace from the rules and use it in
the different callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the timer initialization at the network namespace creation and
store the network namespace in the timer argument.
That enables multiple timers (one per network namespace) to do garbage
collecting.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The fib tables are now relative to the network namespace. When the
garbage collector timer expires, we must have a network namespace
parameter in order to retrieve the tables. For now this is the
init_net, but we should be able to have a timer per namespace and use
the timer callback parameter to pass the network namespace from the
expired timer.
The timer callback, fib6_run_gc, is actually used to be called
synchronously by some functions and asynchronously when the timer
expires.
When the timer expires, the delay specified for fib6_run_gc parameter
is always zero. So, I changed fib6_run_gc to not be a timer callback
but a function called by the timer callback and I added a timer
callback where its work is just to retrieve from the data arg of the
timer the network namespace and call fib6_run_gc with zero expiring
time and the network namespace parameters. That makes the code cleaner
for the fib6_run_gc callers.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function fib6_clean_all takes the network namespace as
parameter. That allows to flush the routes related to a specific
network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The fib table for ipv6 are moved to the network namespace structure.
All references to them are made relatively to the network namespace.
All external calls to the ip6_fib functions taking the network
namespace parameter are made using the init_net variable, so the
ip6_fib engine is ready for the namespaces but the callers not yet.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For later use, this patch is renaming ndisc_dst_alloc()
(and related function/structures) to icmp6_dst_alloc()
(and so on). This patch also removing unused function-
pointer argument for it.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Since most users of ipv6_get_saddr() pass non-NULL as
dst argument, use ipv6_dev_get_saddr() directly.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
neigh_is_connected() is not popular at all, and the only user
drivers/net/cxgb3/l2t.c:t3_l2t_update() also have raw (expanded) expression.
Let's expand it and remove the inline function.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Updated to incorporate Eric's suggestion of using a per cpu buffer
rather than allocating on the stack. Just a two line change, but will
resend in it's entirety.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Griffin <ggriffin.kernel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
This patch clarifies the use of the irqsafe vs. non-irq-safe
functions and their respective locking requirements.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reworks the code for TX filtered frames, splitting it out to
a new function to handle those cases, making the clear instruction
a flag and renaming a few things to be easier to understand and
less Atheros hardware specific. Finally, it also makes the comments
explain more.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
enable IBSS cell merging. if an IBSS beacon with the same channel, same ESSID
and a TSF higher than the local TSF (mactime) is received, we have to join its
BSSID. while this might not be immediately apparent from reading the 802.11
standard it is compliant and necessary to make IBSS mode functional in many
cases. most drivers have a similar behaviour.
* move the relevant code section (previously only containing debug code) down
to the end of the function, so we can reuse the bss structure.
* we have to compare the mactime (TSF at the time of packet receive) rather
than the current TSF. since mactime is defined as the time the first data
symbol arrived we add the time until byte 24 where the timestamp resides, since
this is how the beacon timestamp is defined. as some some drivers are not able
to give a reliable mactime we fall back to use the current TSF, which will be
enough to catch most (but not all) cases where an IBSS merge is necessary.
* in IBSS mode we want to allow beacons to override probe response info so we
can correctly do merges.
* we don't only configure beacons based on scan results, so change that
message.
* to enable this we have to let all beacons thru in IBSS mode, even if they
have a different BSSID.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <bruno@thinktube.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
define mactime as the time when the first data symbol arrived at the HW. the
old definition was questionable because 802.11 defines timestamp only for
beacon and probe response frames, and there it means the timestamp field.
a stricter definition of mactime is necessary for correct merging of IBSS.
note that it is up to the driver to convert whatever its hardware returns to
this definition. unfortunately we don't know for example when atheros hardware
takes its rx timestamp exactly :(
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <bruno@thinktube.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This extends the filter flags documentation to make it clear
what clearing a flag really means.
Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This changes mac80211 to pass the burst time to conf_tx in txop
units rather than 0.1msec units. 0.1msec units are only required
by atheros hardware (according to current driver support), all
other drivers do other calculations or require the txop value.
Therefore, it results in fewer calculations and more precision
if we just pass the txop value through to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows precise control over what a monitor interface shows.
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch creates new cfg80211 wiphy API for channel and bitrate
registration and converts mac80211 and drivers to the new API. The
old mac80211 API is completely ripped out. All drivers (except ath5k)
are updated to the new API, in many cases I expect that optimisations
can be done.
Along with the regulatory code I've also ripped out the
IEEE80211_HW_DEFAULT_REG_DOMAIN_CONFIGURED flag, I believe it to be
unnecessary if the hardware simply gives us whatever channels it wants
to support and we then enable/disable them as required, which is pretty
much required for travelling.
Additionally, the patch adds proper "basic" rate handling for STA
mode interface, AP mode interface will have to have new API added
to allow userspace to set the basic rate set, currently it'll be
empty... However, the basic rate handling will need to be moved to
the BSS conf stuff.
I do expect there to be bugs in this, especially wrt. transmit
power handling where I'm basically clueless about how it should work.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds fields to ieee80211_tx_status in order to allow block ack
information exchange between low-level driver,mac80211 and rate scaling
module.
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch allows qdisc support in A-MPDU Tx. a method to
handle QoS <-> TID switches is present in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds the API for 3 stages in A-MPDU Tx session flow:
- request mac80211 to start/stop A-MPDU Tx session for specific TID. such a
request should be issued by a load aware element, either mac80211 itself
or external element.
- requests by mac80211 to low-level driver to start/stop Tx aggregation.
notice that low level driver responds now with Starting Sequence Number.
- async feedback by low-level to mac80211 to inform that HW is ready for
next A-MPDU Tx state.
Changes in API to Rx A-MPDU were also made, reflected in iwlwifi changes as
well.
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
After the patch:
$ git-grep llc_addrany | wc -l
0
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the patch:
$ git-grep sctp_sysctl_jiffies_ms | wc -l
0
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It looks like dst parameter is used in this API due to historical
reasons. Actually, it is really used in the direct call to
tcp_v4_send_synack only. So, create a wrapper for tcp_v4_send_synack
and remove dst from rtx_syn_ack.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 3873 specifies several MIB objects that can't be obtained by the
current data set exported by /proc/sys/net/sctp/assoc. This patch
adds the missing pieces of data that allow us to compute all the
objects in the sctpAssocTable object.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All preparations are done. Now just add a hook to perform an
initialization on namespace startup and replace icmpv6_sk macro with
proper inline call. Actual namespace the packet belongs too will be
passed later along with the one for the routing.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All preparations are done. Now just add a hook to perform an
initialization on namespace startup and replace icmp_sk macro with
proper inline call.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This staff will be needed for non-netlink kernel sockets, which should
also not pin a namespace like tcp_socket and icmp_socket.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
icmp_init could fail and this is normal for namespace other than initial.
So, the panic should be triggered only on init_net initialization path.
Additionally create rollback path for icmp_init as a separate function.
It will also be used later during namespace destruction.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct net_proto_family* is not used in icmp[v6]_init, ndisc_init,
igmp_init and tcp_v4_init. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change xfrm_policy and xfrm_state walking algorithm from O(n^2) to O(n).
This is achieved adding the entries to one more list which is used
solely for walking the entries.
This also fixes some races where the dump can have duplicate or missing
entries when the SPD/SADB is modified during an ongoing dump.
Dumping SADB with 20000 entries using "time ip xfrm state" the sys
time dropped from 1.012s to 0.080s.
Signed-off-by: Timo Teras <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Skip the prefix length matching in source address selection for
orchid -> non-orchid addresses.
Overlay Routable Cryptographic Hash IDentifiers (RFC 4843,
2001:10::/28) are currenty not globally reachable. Without this
check a host with an ORCHID address can end up preferring those over
regular addresses when talking to other regular hosts in the 2001::/16
range thus breaking non-orchid connections.
Signed-off-by: Juha-Matti Tapio <jmtapio@verkkotelakka.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new SCTP socket api (draft 16) updates the AUTH API structures.
We never exported these since we knew they would change.
Update the rest to match the draft.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Use the added dev_alloc_name() call to create tunnel device name,
rather than iterate in a hand-made loop with an artificial limit.
Thanks Patrick for noticing this.
[ The way this works is, when the device is actually registered,
the generic code noticed the '%' in the name and invokes
dev_alloc_name() to fully resolve the name. -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add missing structure kernel-doc descriptions to sock.h & skbuff.h
to fix kernel-doc warnings.
(I think that Stephen H. sent a similar patch, but I can't find it.
I just want to kill the warnings, with either patch.)
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Al Viro spotted a bogus use of u64 on the input sequence number which
is big-endian. This patch fixes it by giving the input sequence number
its own member in the xfrm_skb_cb structure.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes unused declaration of dflt_rt_lookup() method in
include/net/ndisc.h
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes current use of: init_timer(), add_timer()
and del_timer() to setup_timer() with mod_timer(), which
should be safer anyway.
Reported-by: Jann Traschewski <jann@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to one of Jann's OOPS reports it looks like
BUG_ON(timer_pending(timer)) triggers during add_timer()
in ax25_start_t1timer(). This patch changes current use
of: init_timer(), add_timer() and del_timer() to
setup_timer() with mod_timer(), which should be safer
anyway.
Reported-by: Jann Traschewski <jann@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All these static inlines are unused:
in_own_zone 1 (net/tipc/addr.h)
msg_dataoctet 1 (net/tipc/msg.h)
msg_direct 1 (include/net/tipc/tipc_msg.h)
msg_options 1 (include/net/tipc/tipc_msg.h)
tipc_nmap_get 1 (net/tipc/bcast.h)
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes some unused definitions and one method typedef
declaration (f_pnode)
in include/net/ip6_fib.h, as they are not used in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove IP6_RT_PRIO_FW and IP6_RT_FLOW_MASK definitions in
include/net/ip6_route.h, as they are not used in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ->move operation has two bugs:
- It is called with the same extension as source and destination,
so it doesn't update the new extension.
- The address of the old extension is calculated incorrectly,
instead of (void *)ct->ext + ct->ext->offset[i] it uses
ct->ext + ct->ext->offset[i].
Fixes a crash on x86_64 reported by Chuck Ebbert <cebbert@redhat.com>
and Thomas Woerner <twoerner@redhat.com>.
Tested-by: Thomas Woerner <twoerner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This merges the mux.c (including the connection interface) with trans_fd
in preparation for transport API changes. Ultimately, trans_fd will need
to be rewritten to clean it up and simplify the implementation, but this
reorganization is viewed as the first step.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
GDM gets unhappy if /var/gdm doesn't have the sticky bit set. This patch adds
support for the sticky bit in much the same way setuid/setgid is supported.
With this patch, I can launch X from a v9fs rootfs (although I quickly run out
of fds in the server once gnome starts up).
Signed-off-by: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This replaces the console-based virto client with a block-based
client using a single request queue.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Add a new transport function which allows a cut-thru directly to
the transport instead of processing request through the mux if the
cut-thru exists.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Add a new set of configuration functions to the NetLabel/LSM API so that
LSMs can perform their own configuration of the NetLabel subsystem without
relying on assistance from userspace.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Cc: Stephen Smalley <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>
Cc: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
I was notified by Randy Stewart that lksctp claims to be
"the reference implementation". First of all, "the
refrence implementation" was the original implementation
of SCTP in usersapce written ty Randy and a few others.
Second, after looking at the definiton of 'reference implementation',
we don't really meet the requirements.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
The port offset calculations depend on the protocol family, but, as
Adrian noticed, I broke this logic with the commit
5ee31fc1ec
[INET]: Consolidate inet(6)_hash_connect.
Return this logic back, by passing the port offset directly into the
consolidated function.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Noticed-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move ipv6_icmp_sysctl_init and ipv6_route_sysctl_init into the right
ifdef section otherwise that does not compile when CONFIG_SYSCTL=yes
and CONFIG_PROC_FS=no
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
compile error building without CONFIG_FS_PROC:
net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c: In function 'fib_net_init':
net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c:1032: error: implicit declaration of function 'fib_proc_
init'
net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c: In function 'fib_net_exit':
net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c:1047: error: implicit declaration of function 'fib_proc_
exit'
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This way we can remove TCP and DCCP specific versions of
sk->sk_prot->get_port: both v4 and v6 use inet_csk_get_port
sk->sk_prot->hash: inet_hash is directly used, only v6 need
a specific version to deal with mapped sockets
sk->sk_prot->unhash: both v4 and v6 use inet_hash directly
struct inet_connection_sock_af_ops also gets a new member, bind_conflict, so
that inet_csk_get_port can find the per family routine.
Now only the lookup routines receive as a parameter a struct inet_hashtable.
With this we further reuse code, reducing the difference among INET transport
protocols.
Eventually work has to be done on UDP and SCTP to make them share this
infrastructure and get as a bonus inet_diag interfaces so that iproute can be
used with these protocols.
net-2.6/net/ipv4/inet_hashtables.c:
struct proto | +8
struct inet_connection_sock_af_ops | +8
2 structs changed
__inet_hash_nolisten | +18
__inet_hash | -210
inet_put_port | +8
inet_bind_bucket_create | +1
__inet_hash_connect | -8
5 functions changed, 27 bytes added, 218 bytes removed, diff: -191
net-2.6/net/core/sock.c:
proto_seq_show | +3
1 function changed, 3 bytes added, diff: +3
net-2.6/net/ipv4/inet_connection_sock.c:
inet_csk_get_port | +15
1 function changed, 15 bytes added, diff: +15
net-2.6/net/ipv4/tcp.c:
tcp_set_state | -7
1 function changed, 7 bytes removed, diff: -7
net-2.6/net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c:
tcp_v4_get_port | -31
tcp_v4_hash | -48
tcp_v4_destroy_sock | -7
tcp_v4_syn_recv_sock | -2
tcp_unhash | -179
5 functions changed, 267 bytes removed, diff: -267
net-2.6/net/ipv6/inet6_hashtables.c:
__inet6_hash | +8
1 function changed, 8 bytes added, diff: +8
net-2.6/net/ipv4/inet_hashtables.c:
inet_unhash | +190
inet_hash | +242
2 functions changed, 432 bytes added, diff: +432
vmlinux:
16 functions changed, 485 bytes added, 492 bytes removed, diff: -7
/home/acme/git/net-2.6/net/ipv6/tcp_ipv6.c:
tcp_v6_get_port | -31
tcp_v6_hash | -7
tcp_v6_syn_recv_sock | -9
3 functions changed, 47 bytes removed, diff: -47
/home/acme/git/net-2.6/net/dccp/proto.c:
dccp_destroy_sock | -7
dccp_unhash | -179
dccp_hash | -49
dccp_set_state | -7
dccp_done | +1
5 functions changed, 1 bytes added, 242 bytes removed, diff: -241
/home/acme/git/net-2.6/net/dccp/ipv4.c:
dccp_v4_get_port | -31
dccp_v4_request_recv_sock | -2
2 functions changed, 33 bytes removed, diff: -33
/home/acme/git/net-2.6/net/dccp/ipv6.c:
dccp_v6_get_port | -31
dccp_v6_hash | -7
dccp_v6_request_recv_sock | +5
3 functions changed, 5 bytes added, 38 bytes removed, diff: -33
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The namespace is not available in the fib_sync_down_addr, add it as a
parameter.
Looking up a device by the pointer to it is OK. Looking up using a
result from fib_trie/fib_hash table lookup is also safe. No need to
fix that at all. So, just fix lookup by address and insertion to the
hash table path.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is required to make fib_info lookups namespace aware. In the
other case initial namespace devices are marked as dead in the local
routing table during other namespace stop.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_sync_down can be called with an address and with a device. In
reality it is called either with address OR with a device. The
codepath inside is completely different, so lets separate it into two
calls for these two cases.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current ip route cache implementation is not suited to large caches.
We can consume a lot of CPU when cache must be invalidated, since we
currently need to evict all cache entries, and this eviction is
sometimes asynchronous. min_delay & max_delay can somewhat control this
asynchronism behavior, but whole thing is a kludge, regularly triggering
infamous soft lockup messages. When entries are still in use, this also
consumes a lot of ram, filling dst_garbage.list.
A better scheme is to use a generation identifier on each entry,
so that cache invalidation can be performed by changing the table
identifier, without having to scan all entries.
No more delayed flushing, no more stalling when secret_interval expires.
Invalidated entries will then be freed at GC time (controled by
ip_rt_gc_timeout or stress), or when an invalidated entry is found
in a chain when an insert is done.
Thus we keep a normal equilibrium.
This patch :
- renames rt_hash_rnd to rt_genid (and makes it an atomic_t)
- Adds a new rt_genid field to 'struct rtable' (filling a hole on 64bit)
- Checks entry->rt_genid at appropriate places :
Add a net argument to inet6_lookup and propagate it further.
Actually, this is tcp-v6 implementation of what was done for
tcp-v4 sockets in a previous patch.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a net argument to inet_lookup and propagate it further
into lookup calls. Plus tune the __inet_check_established.
The dccp and inet_diag, which use that lookup functions
pass the init_net into them.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This tags the inet_bind_bucket struct with net pointer,
initializes it during creation and makes a filtering
during lookup.
A better hashfn, that takes the net into account is to
be done in the future, but currently all bind buckets
with similar port will be in one hash chain.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These two functions are the same except for what they call
to "check_established" and "hash" for a socket.
This saves half-a-kilo for ipv4 and ipv6.
add/remove: 1/0 grow/shrink: 1/4 up/down: 582/-1128 (-546)
function old new delta
__inet_hash_connect - 577 +577
arp_ignore 108 113 +5
static.hint 8 4 -4
rt_worker_func 376 372 -4
inet6_hash_connect 584 25 -559
inet_hash_connect 586 25 -561
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Constify a few data tables use const qualifiers on variables where
possible in the nf_*_proto_tcp sources.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename all "conntrack" variables to "ct" for more consistency and
avoiding some overly long lines.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reorder struct nf_conntrack_l4proto so all members used during packet
processing are in the same cacheline.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nf_ct_tuple_src_equal() and nf_ct_tuple_dst_equal() both compare the protocol
numbers. Unfortunately gcc doesn't optimize out the second comparison, so
remove it and prefix both functions with __ to indicate that they should not
be used directly.
Saves another 16 byte of text in __nf_conntrack_find() on x86_64:
nf_conntrack_tuple_taken | -20 # 320 -> 300, size inlines: 181 -> 161
__nf_conntrack_find | -16 # 267 -> 251, size inlines: 127 -> 115
__nf_conntrack_confirm | -40 # 875 -> 835, size inlines: 570 -> 537
3 functions changed, 76 bytes removed
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ignoring specific entries in __nf_conntrack_find() is only needed by NAT
for nf_conntrack_tuple_taken(). Remove it from __nf_conntrack_find()
and make nf_conntrack_tuple_taken() search the hash itself.
Saves 54 bytes of text in the hotpath on x86_64:
__nf_conntrack_find | -54 # 321 -> 267, # inlines: 3 -> 2, size inlines: 181 -> 127
nf_conntrack_tuple_taken | +305 # 15 -> 320, lexblocks: 0 -> 3, # inlines: 0 -> 3, size inlines: 0 -> 181
nf_conntrack_find_get | -2 # 90 -> 88
3 functions changed, 305 bytes added, 56 bytes removed, diff: +249
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the RCU conversion only write_lock usages of nf_conntrack_lock are
left (except one read_lock that should actually use write_lock in the
H.323 helper). Switch to a spinlock.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use RCU for expectation hash. This doesn't buy much for conntrack
runtime performance, but allows to reduce the use of nf_conntrack_lock
for /proc and nf_netlink_conntrack.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hashtable size is really unsigned so sparse complains when you pass
a signed integer. Change all uses to make it consistent.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now it's possible to list and manipulate per-netns ip6tables rules.
Filtering decisions are based on init_net's table so far.
P.S.: remove init_net check in inet6_create() to see the effect
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@sw.ru>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now, iptables show and configure different set of rules in different
netnss'. Filtering decisions are still made by consulting only
init_net's set.
Changes are identical except naming so no splitting.
P.S.: one need to remove init_net checks in nf_sockopt.c and inet_create()
to see the effect.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@sw.ru>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In fact all we want is per-netns set of rules, however doing that will
unnecessary complicate routines such as ipt_hook()/ipt_do_table, so
make full xt_table array per-netns.
Every user stubbed with init_net for a while.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@sw.ru>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The address of IPv6 raw sockets was shown in the wrong format, from
IPv4 ones. The problem has been introduced by the commit
42a73808ed ("[RAW]: Consolidate proc
interface.")
Thanks to Adrian Bunk who originally noticed the problem.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Different hashtables are used for IPv6 and IPv4 raw sockets, so no
need to check the socket family in the iterator over hashtables. Clean
this out.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A userspace program may wish to set the mark for each packets its send
without using the netfilter MARK target. Changing the mark can be used
for mark based routing without netfilter or for packet filtering.
It requires CAP_NET_ADMIN capability.
Signed-off-by: Laszlo Attila Toth <panther@balabit.hu>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for combined mode algorithms with GCM being
the first algorithm supported.
Combined mode algorithms can be added through the xfrm_user interface
using the new algorithm payload type XFRMA_ALG_AEAD. Each algorithms
is identified by its name and the ICV length.
For the purposes of matching algorithms in xfrm_tmpl structures,
combined mode algorithms occupy the same name space as encryption
algorithms. This is in line with how they are negotiated using IKE.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts ESP to use the crypto_aead interface and in particular
the authenc algorithm. This lays the foundations for future support of
combined mode algorithms.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most trusted OSs, with the exception of Linux, have the ability to specify
static security labels for unlabeled networks. This patch adds this ability to
the NetLabel packet labeling framework.
If the NetLabel subsystem is called to determine the security attributes of an
incoming packet it first checks to see if any recognized NetLabel packet
labeling protocols are in-use on the packet. If none can be found then the
unlabled connection table is queried and based on the packets incoming
interface and address it is matched with a security label as configured by the
administrator using the netlabel_tools package. The matching security label is
returned to the caller just as if the packet was explicitly labeled using a
labeling protocol.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
In order to do any sort of IP header inspection of incoming packets we need to
know which address family, AF_INET/AF_INET6/etc., it belongs to and since the
sk_buff structure does not store this information we need to pass along the
address family separate from the packet itself.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This patch adds support to the NetLabel LSM secattr struct for a secid token
and a type field, paving the way for full LSM/SELinux context support and
"static" or "fallback" labels. In addition, this patch adds a fair amount
of documentation to the core NetLabel structures used as part of the
NetLabel kernel API.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Basically, this piece looks relatively easy. Namespace is already
available on the dst entry via device and the device is safe to
dereferrence. Compare it with one of a searcher and skip entry if
appropriate.
The only exception is ip_rt_frag_needed. So, add namespace parameter to it.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_route_connect and ip_route_newports are a part of routing API
presented to the socket layer. The namespace is available inside them
through a socket.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert packet schedulers to use the netlink API. Unfortunately a gradual
conversion is not possible without breaking compilation in the middle or
adding lots of casts, so this patch converts them all in one step. The
patch has been mostly generated automatically with some minor edits to
at least allow seperate conversion of classifiers and actions.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Used to append data to a message without a header or padding.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Needed to propagate it down to the ip_route_output_flow.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Needed to propagate it down to the __ip_route_output_key.
Signed_off_by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is only required to propagate it down to the
ip_route_output_slow.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently fib_select_default calls fib_get_table() with the
init_net. Prepare it to provide a correct namespace to lookup default
route.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The difference in the implementation of the fib_select_default when
CONFIG_IP_MULTIPLE_TABLES is (not) defined looks
negligible. Consolidate it and place into fib_frontend.c.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two small issues fixed:
- fib_select_multipath is exported from fib_semantics.c rather than from
fib_frontend.c. So, move the declaration below appropriate comment.
- struct rt_entry declaration is not used. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On x86_64, sizeof(struct rtable) is 0x148, which is rounded up to
0x180 bytes by SLAB allocator.
We can reduce this to exactly 0x140 bytes, without alignment overhead,
and store 12 struct rtable per PAGE instead of 10.
rate_tokens is currently defined as an "unsigned long", while its
content should not exceed 6*HZ. It can safely be converted to an
unsigned int.
Moving tclassid right after rate_tokens to fill the 4 bytes hole
permits to save 8 bytes on 'struct dst_entry', which finally permits
to save 8 bytes on 'struct rtable'
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On namespace start we mainly prepare the ctl variables.
When the namespace is stopped we have to kill all the fragments that
point to this namespace. The inet_frags_exit_net() handles it.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The inet_frags.lru_list is used for evicting only, so we have
to make it per-namespace, to evict only those fragments, who's
namespace exceeded its high threshold, but not the whole hash.
Besides, this helps to avoid long loops in evictor.
The spinlock is not per-namespace because it protects the
hash table as well, which is global.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we have one hashtable to lookup the fragment, having
different secret_interval-s for hash rebuild doesn't make
sense, so move this one to inet_frags.
The inet_frags_ctl becomes empty after this, so remove it.
The appropriate ctl table is kept read-only in namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the same as with the timeout variable.
Currently, after exceeding the high threshold _all_
the fragments are evicted, but it will be fixed in
later patch.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move it to the netns_frags, adjust the usage and
make the appropriate ctl table writable.
Now fragment, that live in different namespaces can
live for different times.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each namespace has to have own tables to tune their
different parameters, so duplicate the tables and
register them.
All the tables in sub-namespaces are temporarily made
read-only.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is also simple, but introduces more changes, since
then mem counter is altered in more places.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is simple - just move the variable from struct inet_frags
to struct netns_frags and adjust the usage appropriately.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since fragment management code is consolidated, we cannot have the
pointer from inet_frag_queue to struct net, since we must know what
king of fragment this is.
So, I introduce the netns_frags structure. This one is currently
empty, but will be eventually filled with per-namespace
attributes. Each inet_frag_queue is tagged with this one.
The conntrack_reasm is not "netns-izated", so it has one static
netns_frags instance to keep working in init namespace.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a preparation for sysctl netns-ization.
Move the ctl tables to the files, where the tuning
variables reside. Plus make the helpers to register
the tables.
This will simplify the later patches and will keep
similar things closer to each other.
ipv4, ipv6 and conntrack_reasm are patched differently,
but the result is all the tables are in appropriate files.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following sparse warnings:
| net/ipv6/route.c:2491:18: warning: symbol 'ipv6_route_sysctl_init' was not declared. Should it be static?
| net/ipv6/icmp.c:922:18: warning: symbol 'ipv6_icmp_sysctl_init' was not declared. Should it be static?
| net/ipv6/reassembly.c:628:6: warning: symbol 'ipv6_frag_sysctl_init' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
This patch (based on Ron Rindjunsky's) creates a framework for
a unified way to pass BSS configuration to drivers that require
the information, e.g. for implementing power save mode.
This patch introduces new ieee80211_bss_conf structure that is
passed to the driver via the new bss_info_changed() callback
when the BSS configuration changes.
This new BSS configuration infrastructure adds the following
new features:
* drivers are notified of their association AID
* drivers are notified of association status
and replaces the erp_ie_changed() callback. The patch also does
the relevant driver updates for the latter change.
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers that support mixed AP/STA operation may well need to
know the type of a virtual interface when iterating over them.
The easiest way to support that is to move the interface type
variable into the vif structure.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch gets rid of the if_id stuff where possible in favour of
a new per-virtual-interface structure "struct ieee80211_vif". This
structure is located at the end of the per-interface structure and
contains a variable length driver-use data area.
This has two advantages:
* removes the need to look up interfaces by if_id, this is better
for working with network namespaces and performance
* allows drivers to store and retrieve per-interface data without
having to allocate own lists/hash tables
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This short patch modifies the IPv4 networking to enable use of the
240.0.0.0/4 (aka "class-E") address space as propsed in the internet
draft draft-fuller-240space-00.txt.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Save namespace context on the fib rule at the rule creation time and
call routing lookup in the correct namespace.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The backward link from FIB rules operations to the network namespace
will allow to simplify the API a bit.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes IrPORT and the old dongle drivers (all off them
have replacement drivers).
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The network namespace pointer can be stored into the dst_ops structure.
This is usefull when there are multiple instances of the dst_ops for a
protocol. When there are no several instances, this field will be never
used in the protocol. So there is no impact for the protocols which do
implement the network namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The garbage collection function receive the dst_ops structure as
parameter. This is useful for the next incoming patchset because it
will need the dst_ops (there will be several instances) and the
network namespace pointer (contained in the dst_ops).
The protocols which do not take care of the namespaces will not be
impacted by this change (expect for the function signature), they do
just ignore the parameter.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Remove declarations of non-existing variables and functions
- Move helper init/cleanup function declarations to nf_conntrack_helper.h
- Remove unneeded __nf_conntrack_attach declaration and make it static
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initialization of the slab cache's should be done when IP is
initialized to make sure of available memory, and that code can be
marked __init.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen.hemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make them static.
[ Moved the inline before, instead of after, call sites. -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_rules_unregister is called only after successful register and the
return code is never checked.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull the struct net pointer up to the showing functions
to filter the sockets depending on their namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Looks if the address is belonging to the network namespace, otherwise
discard the address for the check.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The inet6_addr_lst is browsed taking into account the network
namespace specified as parameter. If an address does not belong
to the specified namespace, it is ignored.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a new address is added, we must check if the new address does not
already exists. This patch makes this check to be aware of a network
namespace, so the check will look if the address already exists for
the specified network namespace. While the addresses are browsed, the
addresses which do not belong to the namespace are discarded.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When I studied the neighbor code I puzzled over what the NUD can mean
for quite a long time.
Finally I asked Alexey and he said that this was smth like "neighbor
unreachability detection".
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Otherwise we beat heavily on the global tcp_memory atomics
when all of the sockets in the system are slowly sending
perioding packet clumps.
Noticed and suggested by Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the core. Declare and register the pernet subsys for
addrconf. The init callback the will create the devconf-s.
The init_net will reuse the existing statically declared confs,
so that accessing them from inside the ipv6 code will still
work.
The register_pernet_subsys() is moved above the ipv6_add_dev()
call for loopback, because this function will need the
net->devconf_dflt pointer to be already set.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
seq_open_net requires that first field of the seq->private data to be
struct seq_net_private. In reality this is a single pointer to a
struct net for now. The patch makes code consistent.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
... up to rtentry_to_fib_config
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the netlink socket to be per namespace. That allows
to have each namespace its own socket for routing queries.
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The preparatory work has been done. All we need is to substitute
fib_table_hash with net->ipv4.fib_table_hash. Netns context is
available when required.
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The final trick for rules: place fib4_rules_ops into struct net and
modify initialization path for this.
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nl_info is used to track the end-user destination of routing change
notification. This is a natural object to hold a namespace on. Place
it there and utilize the context in the appropriate places.
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch extends the inet_addr_type and inet_dev_addr_type with the
network namespace pointer. That allows to access the different tables
relatively to the network namespace.
The modification of the signature function is reported in all the
callers of the inet_addr_type using the pointer to the well known
init_net.
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch extends the fib_get_table and the fib_new_table functions
with the network namespace pointer. That will allow to access the
table relatively from the network namespace.
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace the direct pointers to local and main tables with
calls to fib_get_table() with appropriate argument.
This doesn't introduce additional dereferences, but makes the access to fib
tables uniform in any (CONFIG_IP_MULTIPLE_TABLES) case.
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the fib to be initialized as a subsystem for the
network namespaces. The code does not handle several namespaces yet,
so in case of a creation of a network namespace, the
creation/initialization will not occur.
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds error paths into both versions of fib4_rules_init
(with/without CONFIG_IP_MULTIPLE_TABLES) and returns error code to the
caller.
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds netns parameter to fib_proc_init/exit and replaces __init
specifier with __net_init. After this, we will not yet have these proc
files show info from the specific namespace - this will be done when
these tables become namespaced.
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move static rules_ops & rules_mod_lock to the struct net, register the
pernet subsys to init them and enjoy the fact that the core rules
infrastructure works in the namespace.
Real IPv4 fib rules virtualization requires fib tables support in the
namespace and will be done seriously later in the patchset.
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_rules_ops contains operations and the list of configured rules. ops will
become per/namespace soon, so we need them to be known in the default_pref
callback.
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch extends the different fib rules API in order to pass the
network namespace pointer. That will allow to access the different
tables from a namespace relative object. As usual, the pointer to the
init_net variable is passed as parameter so we don't break the
network.
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves the icmpv6_time sysctl to the network namespace
structure.
Because the ipv6 protocol is not yet per namespace, the variable is
accessed relatively to the initial network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All the sysctl concerning the routes are moved to the network
namespace structure. A helper function is called to initialize the
variables.
Because the ipv6 protocol is not yet per namespace, the variables are
accessed relatively from the network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ip6_frags is moved to the network namespace structure. Because
there can be multiple instances of the network namespaces, and the
ip6_frags is no longer a global static variable, a helper function has
been added to facilitate the initialization of the variables.
Until the ipv6 protocol is not per namespace, the variables are
accessed relatively from the initial network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves the bindv6only sysctl to the network namespace
structure. Until the ipv6 protocol is not per namespace, the sysctl
variable is always from the initial network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each network namespace wants its own set of sysctl value, eg. we
should not be able from a namespace to set a sysctl value for another
namespace , especially for the initial network namespace.
This patch duplicates the sysctl table when we register a new network
namespace for ipv6. The duplicated table are postfixed with the
"template" word to notify the developper the table is cloned.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like the ipv4 part, this patch adds an ipv6 structure in the net
structure to aggregate the different resources to make ipv6 per
namespace.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the function ipv6_sysctl_register to return a
value. The af_inet6 init function is now able to handle an error and
catch it from the initialization of the sysctl.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The conntracks subsystem has a similar infrastructure
to maintain ctl_paths, but since we already have it
on the generic level, I think it's OK to switch to
using it.
So, basically, this patch just replaces the ctl_table-s
with ctl_path-s, nf_register_sysctl_table with
register_sysctl_paths() and removes no longer needed code.
After this the net/netfilter/nf_sysctl.c file contains
the paths only.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This includes the most simple cases for netfilter.
The first part is tne queue modules for ipv4 and ipv6,
on which the net/ipv4/ and net/ipv6/ paths are reused
from the appropriate ipv4 and ipv6 code.
The conntrack module is also patched, but this hunk is
very small and simple.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The feature of ipvs ctls is that the net/ipv4/vs path
is common for core ipvs ctls and for two schedulers,
so I make it exported and re-use it in modules.
Two other .c files required linux/sysctl.h to make the
extern declaration of this path compile well.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some devices have a seperate LED which indicates if the radio is
enabled or not. This adds a LED trigger to mac80211 where drivers
can hook into when they are interested in radio status changes.
v2: Check hw.conf.radio_enabled when calling start().
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the API to perform A-MPDU actions between mac80211 and low
level driver.
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The info placeholder member of dst_entry seems to be unused in the
network stack.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since __xfrm_policy_destroy is used to destory the resources
allocated by xfrm_policy_alloc. So using the name
__xfrm_policy_destroy is not correspond with xfrm_policy_alloc.
Rename it to xfrm_policy_destroy.
And along with some instances that call xfrm_policy_alloc
but not using xfrm_policy_destroy to destroy the resource,
fix them.
Signed-off-by: WANG Cong <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previous NETNS patches broke CONFIG_SYSCTL=n case
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) Cleanups (all functions are prefixed by sock_prot_inuse)
sock_prot_inc_use(prot) -> sock_prot_inuse_add(prot,-1)
sock_prot_dec_use(prot) -> sock_prot_inuse_add(prot,-1)
sock_prot_inuse() -> sock_prot_inuse_get()
New functions :
sock_prot_inuse_init() and sock_prot_inuse_free() to abstract pcounter use.
2) if CONFIG_PROC_FS=n, we can zap 'inuse' member from "struct proto",
since nobody wants to read the inuse value.
This saves 1372 bytes on i386/SMP and some cpu cycles.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In include/net/ip_vs.h:
- The ip_vs_secure_tcp_set() method is not implemented anywhere.
- IP_VS_APP_TYPE_FTP is an unused definition.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These three declarations in include/net/ip.h are not implemented
anywhere:
ip_mc_dropsocket(), ip_mc_dropdevice() and ip_net_unreachable().
Also, correct a comment to be "Functions provided by ip_fragment.c"
(instead of by ip_fragment.o) in consistency with the other comments
in this header.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For five years we had two xfrm_policy_flush prototypes and every time that
function's signature changed people have been diligently updating both of
them without noticing :)
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The snd_up check should be enough. I suspect this has been
there to provide a minor optimization in clean_rtx_queue which
used to have a small if (!->sacked) block which could skip
snd_up check among the other work.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces new memory accounting functions for each network
protocol. Most of them are renamed from memory accounting functions
for stream protocols. At the same time, some stream memory accounting
functions are removed since other functions do same thing.
Renaming:
sk_stream_free_skb() -> sk_wmem_free_skb()
__sk_stream_mem_reclaim() -> __sk_mem_reclaim()
sk_stream_mem_reclaim() -> sk_mem_reclaim()
sk_stream_mem_schedule -> __sk_mem_schedule()
sk_stream_pages() -> sk_mem_pages()
sk_stream_rmem_schedule() -> sk_rmem_schedule()
sk_stream_wmem_schedule() -> sk_wmem_schedule()
sk_charge_skb() -> sk_mem_charge()
Removeing
sk_stream_rfree(): consolidates into sock_rfree()
sk_stream_set_owner_r(): consolidates into skb_set_owner_r()
sk_stream_mem_schedule()
The following functions are added.
sk_has_account(): check if the protocol supports accounting
sk_mem_uncharge(): do the opposite of sk_mem_charge()
In addition, to achieve consolidation, updating sk_wmem_queued is
removed from sk_mem_charge().
Next, to consolidate memory accounting functions, this patch adds
memory accounting calls to network core functions. Moreover, present
memory accounting call is renamed to new accounting call.
Finally we replace present memory accounting calls with new interface
in TCP and SCTP.
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Yasui <tyasui@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hideo Aoki <haoki@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_forward_alloc being signed, we should take care of divides by
SK_STREAM_MEM_QUANTUM we do in sk_stream_pages() and
__sk_stream_mem_reclaim()
This patchs introduces SK_STREAM_MEM_QUANTUM_SHIFT, defined
as ilog2(SK_STREAM_MEM_QUANTUM), to be able to use right
shifts instead of plain divides.
This should help compiler to choose right shifts instead of
expensive divides (as seen with CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE=y on x86)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I'm actually surprised at how much was involved. At first glance it
appears that the neighbour table data structures are already split by
network device so all that should be needed is to modify the user
interface commands to filter the set of neighbours by the network
namespace of their devices.
However a couple things turned up while I was reading through the
code. The proxy neighbour table allows entries with no network
device, and the neighbour parms are per network device (except for the
defaults) so they now need a per network namespace default.
So I updated the two structures (which surprised me) with their very
own network namespace parameter. Updated the relevant lookup and
destroy routines with a network namespace parameter and modified the
code that interacts with users to filter out neighbour table entries
for devices of other namespaces.
I'm a little concerned that we can modify and display the global table
configuration and from all network namespaces. But this appears good
enough for now.
I keep thinking modifying the neighbour table to have per network
namespace instances of each table type would should be cleaner. The
hash table is already dynamically sized so there are it is not a
limiter. The default parameter would be straight forward to take care
of. However when I look at the how the network table is built and
used I still find some assumptions that there is only a single
neighbour table for each type of table in the kernel. The netlink
operations, neigh_seq_start, the non-core network users that call
neigh_lookup. So while it might be doable it would require more
refactoring than my current approach of just doing a little extra
filtering in the code.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a number of new IPsec audit events to meet the auditing
requirements of RFC4303. This includes audit hooks for the following events:
* Could not find a valid SA [sections 2.1, 3.4.2]
. xfrm_audit_state_notfound()
. xfrm_audit_state_notfound_simple()
* Sequence number overflow [section 3.3.3]
. xfrm_audit_state_replay_overflow()
* Replayed packet [section 3.4.3]
. xfrm_audit_state_replay()
* Integrity check failure [sections 3.4.4.1, 3.4.4.2]
. xfrm_audit_state_icvfail()
While RFC4304 deals only with ESP most of the changes in this patch apply to
IPsec in general, i.e. both AH and ESP. The one case, integrity check
failure, where ESP specific code had to be modified the same was done to the
AH code for the sake of consistency.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because sk_wmem_queued, sk_sndbuf are signed, a divide per two
may force compiler to use an integer divide.
We can instead use a right shift.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several length variables cannot be negative, so convert int to
unsigned int. This also allows us to do sane shift operations
on those variables.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After a station is added to the kernel's structures, userspace
has to be able to retrieve statistics about that station, especially
whether the station was idle and how much bytes were transferred
to and from it. This adds the necessary code to nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds station handling to cfg80211/nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the necessary API to cfg80211/nl80211 to allow
changing beaconing settings.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implements cfg80211's get_key() to allow retrieving the sequence
counter for a TKIP or CCMP key from userspace. It also cleans up and
documents the associated low-level driver interface.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This introduces key handling to cfg80211/nl80211. Default
and group keys can be added, changed and removed; sequence
counters for each key can be retrieved.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are various decisions influencing the decision whether to buffer
a frame for after the next DTIM beacon. The "do we have stations in PS
mode" condition cannot be tested by the driver so mac80211 has to do
that. To ease driver writing for hardware that can buffer frames until
after the next DTIM beacon, introduce a new txctl flag telling the
driver to buffer a specific frame.
While at it, restructure and comment the code for multicast buffering
and remove spurious "inline" directives.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previous patch left only one user of the ieee80211_is_eapol()
function and that user can be eliminated easily by introducing
a new "frame is EAPOL" flag to handle the frame specially (we
already have this information) instead of doing the (expensive)
ieee80211_is_eapol() all the time.
Also, allow unencrypted frames to be sent when they are injected.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a number of small but potentially troublesome things in the
XFRM/IPsec code:
* Use the 'audit_enabled' variable already in include/linux/audit.h
Removed the need for extern declarations local to each XFRM audit fuction
* Convert 'sid' to 'secid' everywhere we can
The 'sid' name is specific to SELinux, 'secid' is the common naming
convention used by the kernel when refering to tokenized LSM labels,
unfortunately we have to leave 'ctx_sid' in 'struct xfrm_sec_ctx' otherwise
we risk breaking userspace
* Convert address display to use standard NIP* macros
Similar to what was recently done with the SPD audit code, this also also
includes the removal of some unnecessary memcpy() calls
* Move common code to xfrm_audit_common_stateinfo()
Code consolidation from the "less is more" book on software development
* Proper spacing around commas in function arguments
Minor style tweak since I was already touching the code
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This statistics is shown factor dropped by transformation
at /proc/net/xfrm_stat for developer.
It is a counter designed from current transformation source code
and defined as linux private MIB.
See Documentation/networking/xfrm_proc.txt for the detail.
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 specific thing is wrongly removed from transformation at net-2.6.25.
This patch recovers it with current design.
o Update "path" of xfrm_dst since IPv6 transformation should
care about routing changes. It is required by MIPv6 and
off-link destined IPsec.
o Rename nfheader_len which is for non-fragment transformation used by
MIPv6 to rt6i_nfheader_len as IPv6 name space.
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is -700 bytes from the net/ipv4/built-in.o
add/remove: 1/0 grow/shrink: 1/3 up/down: 340/-1040 (-700)
function old new delta
__inet_lookup_established - 339 +339
tcp_sacktag_write_queue 2254 2255 +1
tcp_v4_err 1304 973 -331
tcp_v4_rcv 2089 1744 -345
tcp_v4_do_rcv 826 462 -364
Exporting is for dccp module (used via e.g. inet_lookup).
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This one is used in quite many places in the networking code and
seems to big to be inline.
After the patch net/ipv4/build-in.o loses ~650 bytes:
add/remove: 2/0 grow/shrink: 0/5 up/down: 461/-1114 (-653)
function old new delta
__inet_hash_nolisten - 282 +282
__inet_hash - 179 +179
tcp_sacktag_write_queue 2255 2254 -1
__inet_lookup_listener 284 274 -10
tcp_v4_syn_recv_sock 755 493 -262
tcp_v4_hash 389 35 -354
inet_hash_connect 1086 599 -487
This version addresses the issue pointed by Eric, that
while being inline this function was optimized by gcc
in respect to the 'listen_possible' argument.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ADD-IP spec has a special case for processing ABORTs:
F4) ... One special consideration is that ABORT
Chunks arriving destined to the IP address being deleted MUST be
ignored (see Section 5.3.1 for further details).
Check if the address we received on is in the DEL state, and if
so, ignore the ABORT.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The processing of the ASCONF chunks has changed a lot in the
spec. New items are:
1. A list of ASCONF-ACK chunks is now cached
2. The source of the packet is used in response.
3. New handling for unexpect ASCONF chunks.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ADD-IP "Set Primary IP Address" parameter is allowed in the
INIT/INIT-ACK exchange. Allow processing of this parameter during
the INIT/INIT-ACK.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Address Parameter in the parameter list of the ASCONF chunk
may be a wildcard address. In this case special processing
is required. For the 'add' case, the source IP of the packet is
added. In the 'del' case, all addresses except the source IP
of packet are removed. In the "mark primary" case, the source
address is marked as primary.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SNMP macros use raw_smp_processor_id() in process context
which is illegal because the process may be preempted and then
migrated to another CPU.
This patch makes it use get_cpu/put_cpu to disable preemption.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A few netfilter modules provide their own union of IPv4 and IPv6
address storage. Will unify that in this patch series.
(1/4): Rename union nf_conntrack_address to union nf_inet_addr and
move it to x_tables.h.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nf_nat_setup_info gets the hook number and translates that to the
manip type to perform. This is a relict from the time when one
manip per hook could exist, the exact hook number doesn't matter
anymore, its converted to the manip type. Most callers already
know what kind of NAT they want to perform, so pass the maniptype
in directly.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This makes mac80211 include the low-level MAC timestamp
in the radiotap header if the driver indicated (by a new
RX flag) that the timestamp is valid.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The crc32c library used an identical table and algorithm
as SCTP. Switch to using the library instead of carrying
our own table. Using crypto layer proved to have too
much overhead compared to using the library directly.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the core.
Add all and default pointers on the netns_ipv4 and register
a new pernet subsys to initialize them.
Also add the ctl_table_header to register the
net.ipv4.ip_forward ctl.
I don't allocate additional memory for init_net, but use
global devinets.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This one will need to set the IPV4_DEVCONF_ALL(PROXY_ARP), but
there's no ways to get the net right in place, so we have to
pull one from the inet_ioctl's struct sock.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ipv4 will store its parameters inside this structure.
This one is empty now, but it will be eventually filled.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
X86_32 was the last user of the FASTCALL macro, now that it
uses regparm(3) by default, this macro expands to nothing.
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 4301 requires us to relookup ICMP traffic that does not match any
policies using the reverse of its payload. This patch implements this
for ICMP traffic that originates from or terminates on localhost.
This is activated on outbound with the new policy flag XFRM_POLICY_ICMP,
and on inbound by the new state flag XFRM_STATE_ICMP.
On inbound the policy check is now performed by the ICMP protocol so
that it can repeat the policy check where necessary.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 4301 requires us to relookup ICMP traffic that does not match any
policies using the reverse of its payload. This patch adds the functions
xfrm_decode_session_reverse and xfrmX_policy_check_reverse so we can get
the reverse flow to perform such a lookup.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces an enum for bits in the flags argument of xfrm_lookup.
This is so that we can cram more information into it later.
Since all current users use just the values 0 and 1, XFRM_LOOKUP_WAIT has
been added with the value 1 << 0 to represent the current meaning of flags.
The test in __xfrm_lookup has been changed accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recently David Miller and Herbert Xu pointed out that struct net becomes
overbloated and un-maintainable. There are two solutions:
- provide a pointer to a network subsystem definition from struct net.
This costs an additional dereferrence
- place sub-system definition into the structure itself. This will speedup
run-time access at the cost of recompilation time
The second approach looks better for us. Other sub-systems will follow.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patchset makes the different protocols to return an error code, so
the af_inet6 module can check the initialization was correct or not.
The raw6 was taken into account to be consistent with the rest of the
protocols, but the registration is at the same place.
Because the raw6 has its own init function, the proto and the ops structure
can be moved inside the raw6.c file.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the inet6_register_protosw to return an error code.
The different protocols can be aware the registration was successful or
not and can pass the error to the initial caller, af_inet6.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the frag_init to return an error code, so the af_inet6
module can handle the error.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch factorize the code for the differents init functions for rthdr,
nodata, destopt in a single function exthdrs_init.
This function returns an error so the af_inet6 module can check correctly
the initialization.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the flowlab subsystem to return an error code and makes
some cleanup with procfs ifdefs.
The af_inet6 will use the flowlabel init return code to check the initialization
was correct.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the xfrm_input_state helper function which returns the
current xfrm state being processed on the input path given an sk_buff.
This is currently only used by xfrm_input but will be used by ESP upon
asynchronous resumption.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With fixes from Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch defines the usual static inline functions when the code is
disabled for fib6_rules. That's allow to remove some ifdef in route.c
file and make the code a little more clear.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following patch create the usual static inline functions to disable
the xfrm6_init and xfrm6_fini function when XFRM is off.
That's allow to remove some ifdef and make the code a little more clear.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just move the variable on the struct net and adjust
its usage.
Others sysctls from sys.net.core table are more
difficult to virtualize (i.e. make them per-namespace),
but I'll look at them as well a bit later.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@oenvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Making them per-namespace is required for the following
two reasons:
First, some ctl values have a per-namespace meaning.
Second, making them writable from the sub-namespace
is an isolation hole.
So I introduce the pernet operations to create these
tables. For init_net I use the existing statically
declared tables, for sub-namespace they are duplicated
and the write bits are removed from the mode.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SNMP_INC_STATS_OFFSET_BH is used only by ICMP6_INC_STATS_OFFSET_BH.
The ICMP6_INC_STATS_OFFSET_BH is unused.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are only 2 users and it doesn't hurt to call fib_get_table
instead, and it makes it easier to make the fib network namespace
aware.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The route initialization function does not return any value to notify
if the initialization is successful or not. This patch checks all
calls made for the initilization in order to return a value for the
caller.
Unfortunately, proc_net_fops_create will return a NULL pointer if
CONFIG_PROC_FS is off, so we can not check the return code without an
ifdef CONFIG_PROC_FS block in the ip6_route_init function.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the fib_rules initialization finished, no return code is provided
so there is no way to know, for the caller, if the initialization has
been successful or has failed. This patch fix that.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The xfrm initialization function does not return any error code, so if
there is an error, the caller can not be advise of that. This patch
checks the return code of the different called functions in order to
return a successful or failed initialization.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If there is an error in the initialization function, nothing is
followed up to the caller. So I add a return value to be set for the
init function.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previous move of the the UDP inDatagrams counter caused the
counting of encapsulated packets, SUNRPC data (as opposed to call)
packets and RXRPC packets to go missing.
This patch restores all of these.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the same as I did for the net/core/ table in the
second patch in his series: use the paths and isolate the
whole table in the .c file.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using ctl paths we can put all the stuff, related to net/core/
sysctl table, into one file and remove all the references on it.
As a good side effect this hides the "core_table" name from
the global scope :)
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move common fields for queue management to struct nf_info and rename it
to struct nf_queue_entry. The avoids one allocation/free per packet and
simplifies the code a bit.
Alternatively we could add some private room at the tail, but since
all current users use identical structs this seems easier.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new rate estimator target (using gen_estimator). In combination with
the rateest match (next patch) this can be used for load-based multipath
routing.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Constify include/net/dsfield.h
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Address type search can be limited to an interface by
inet_dev_addr_type function.
Signed-off-by: Laszlo Attila Toth <panther@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch speedups compilation when net_namespace.h is changed.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When merging the input paths of IPsec I accidentally left a hard-coded
AF_INET for the state lookup call. This broke IPv6 obviously. This
patch fixes by getting the input callers to specify the family through
skb->cb.
Credit goes to Kazunori Miyazawa for diagnosing this and providing an
initial patch.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pointing to the next skb is necessary to avoid referencing
already SACKed skbs which will soon be on a separate list.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch configures the 802.11n mode of operation
internally in ieee80211_conf structure and in the low-level
driver as well (through op conf_ht).
It does not include AP configuration flows.
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New structures:
- ieee80211_ht_info: describing STA's HT capabilities
- ieee80211_ht_bss_info: describing BSS's HT characteristics
Changed structures:
- ieee80211_hw_mode: now also holds PHY HT capabilities for each HW mode
- ieee80211_conf: ht_conf holds current self HT configuration
ht_bss_conf holds current BSS HT configuration
- flag IEEE80211_CONF_SUPPORT_HT_MODE added to indicate if HT use is
desired
- sta_info: now also holds Peer's HT capabilities
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Interface iteration in mac80211 can be done without holding any
locks because I converted it to RCU. Initially, I thought this
wouldn't be needed for ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces but
it's turning out that multi-BSS AP support can be much simpler
in a driver if ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces can be called
without holding locks. This converts it to use RCU, it adds a
requirement that the callback it invokes cannot sleep.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the core.
* add the ctl_table_header on the struct net;
* make the unix_sysctl_register and _unregister clone the table;
* moves calls to them into per-net init and exit callbacks;
* move the .data pointer in the proper place.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will make all the sub-namespaces always use the
default value (10) and leave the tuning via sysctl
to the init namespace only.
Per-namespace tuning is coming.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the struct net * argument to both of them to use in
the future. Also make the register one return an error code.
It is useless right now, but will make the future patches
much simpler.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The user interface is: register_net_sysctl_table and
unregister_net_sysctl_table. Very much like the current
interface except there is a network namespace parameter.
With this any sysctl registered with register_net_sysctl_table
will only show up to tasks in the same network namespace.
All other sysctls continue to be globally visible.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Cc: Cedric Le Goater <clg@fr.ibm.com>
Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows to get rid of the CONFIG_NETFILTER dependency of NET_ACT_NAT.
This patch redefines the old names to keep the noise low, the next patch
converts all users.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch includes support for the Intra-Site Automatic Tunnel
Addressing Protocol (ISATAP) per RFC4214. It uses the SIT
module, and is configured using extensions to the "iproute2"
utility. The diffs are specific to the Linux 2.6.24-rc2 kernel
distribution.
This version includes the diff for ./include/linux/if.h which was
missing in the v2.4 submission and is needed to make the
patch compile. The patch has been installed, compiled and
tested in a clean 2.6.24-rc2 kernel build area.
Signed-off-by: Fred L. Templin <fred.l.templin@boeing.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 3rd argument is always zero (according to grep :) Eliminate
it and merge the function with sk_stream_alloc_skb.
This saves 44 more bytes, and together with the previous patch
we have:
add/remove: 1/0 grow/shrink: 0/8 up/down: 183/-751 (-568)
function old new delta
sk_stream_alloc_skb - 183 +183
ip_rt_init 529 525 -4
arp_ignore 112 107 -5
__inet_lookup_listener 284 274 -10
tcp_sendmsg 2583 2481 -102
tcp_sendpage 1449 1300 -149
tso_fragment 417 258 -159
tcp_fragment 1149 988 -161
__tcp_push_pending_frames 1998 1837 -161
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function seems too big for inlining. Indeed, it saves
half-a-kilo when uninlined:
add/remove: 1/0 grow/shrink: 0/7 up/down: 195/-719 (-524)
function old new delta
sk_stream_alloc_pskb - 195 +195
ip_rt_init 529 525 -4
__inet_lookup_listener 284 274 -10
tcp_sendmsg 2583 2486 -97
tcp_sendpage 1449 1305 -144
tso_fragment 417 267 -150
tcp_fragment 1149 992 -157
__tcp_push_pending_frames 1998 1841 -157
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Better place exists in update_send_head (other non-queue related
adjustments are done there as well) which is the only caller of
tcp_advance_send_head (now that the bogus call from mtu_probe is
gone).
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sometimes drivers need to know which interfaces are associated with
their hardware. Rather than forcing those drivers to keep track of
the interfaces that were added, this adds an iteration function to
mac80211.
As it is intended to be used from the interface add/remove callbacks,
the iteration function may currently only be called under RTNL.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both ipv6/raw.c and ipv4/raw.c use the seq files to walk
through the raw sockets hash and show them.
The "walking" code is rather huge, but is identical in both
cases. The difference is the hash table to walk over and
the protocol family to check (this was not in the first
virsion of the patch, which was noticed by YOSHIFUJI)
Make the ->open store the needed hash table and the family
on the allocated raw_iter_state and make the start/next/stop
callbacks work with it.
This removes most of the code.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Same as the ->hash one, this is easily consolidated.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Having the raw_hashinfo it's easy to consolidate the
raw[46]_hash functions.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ipv4/raw.c and ipv6/raw.c contain many common code (most
of which is proc interface) which can be consolidated.
Most of the places to consolidate deal with the raw sockets
hashtable, so introduce a struct raw_hashinfo which describes
the raw sockets hash.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Same as in the previous patch for ipv4, compact the
API and hide hash table and rwlock inside the raw.c
file.
Plus fix some "bad" places from checkpatch.pl point
of view (assignments inside if()).
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The raw sockets functions are explicitly used from
inside the kernel in two places:
1. in ip_local_deliver_finish to intercept skb-s
2. in icmp_error
For this purposes many functions and even data structures,
that are naturally internal for raw protocol, are exported.
Compact the API to two functions and hide all the other
(including hash table and rwlock) inside the net/ipv4/raw.c
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is done by making packet_sklist_lock and packet_sklist per
network namespace and adding an additional filter condition on
received packets to ensure they came from the proper network
namespace.
Changes from v1:
- prohibit to call inet_dgram_ops.ioctl in other than init_net
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After this patch none of the netlink callback support anything
except the initial network namespace but the rtnetlink infrastructure
now handles multiple network namespaces.
Changes from v2:
- IPv6 addrlabel processing
Changes from v1:
- no need for special rtnl_unlock handling
- fixed IPv6 ndisc
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Key points of this patch are:
- In case new SACK information is advance only type, no skb
processing below previously discovered highest point is done
- Optimize cases below highest point too since there's no need
to always go up to highest point (which is very likely still
present in that SACK), this is not entirely true though
because I'm dropping the fastpath_skb_hint which could
previously optimize those cases even better. Whether that's
significant, I'm not too sure.
Currently it will provide skipping by walking. Combined with
RB-tree, all skipping would become fast too regardless of window
size (can be done incrementally later).
Previously a number of cases in TCP SACK processing fails to
take advantage of costly stored information in sack_recv_cache,
most importantly, expected events such as cumulative ACK and new
hole ACKs. Processing on such ACKs result in rather long walks
building up latencies (which easily gets nasty when window is
huge). Those latencies are often completely unnecessary
compared with the amount of _new_ information received, usually
for cumulative ACK there's no new information at all, yet TCP
walks whole queue unnecessary potentially taking a number of
costly cache misses on the way, etc.!
Since the inclusion of highest_sack, there's a lot information
that is very likely redundant (SACK fastpath hint stuff,
fackets_out, highest_sack), though there's no ultimate guarantee
that they'll remain the same whole the time (in all unearthly
scenarios). Take advantage of this knowledge here and drop
fastpath hint and use direct access to highest SACKed skb as
a replacement.
Effectively "special cased" fastpath is dropped. This change
adds some complexity to introduce better coveraged "fastpath",
though the added complexity should make TCP behave more cache
friendly.
The current ACK's SACK blocks are compared against each cached
block individially and only ranges that are new are then scanned
by the high constant walk. For other parts of write queue, even
when in previously known part of the SACK blocks, a faster skip
function is used (if necessary at all). In addition, whenever
possible, TCP fast-forwards to highest_sack skb that was made
available by an earlier patch. In typical case, no other things
but this fast-forward and mandatory markings after that occur
making the access pattern quite similar to the former fastpath
"special case".
DSACKs are special case that must always be walked.
The local to recv_sack_cache copying could be more intelligent
w.r.t DSACKs which are likely to be there only once but that
is left to a separate patch.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is going to replace the sack fastpath hint quite soon... :-)
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sock_valbool_flag() helper is used in setsockopt to
set or reset some flag on the sock. This helper is required
in the net/socket.c only, so move it there.
Besides, patch two places in sys_setsockopt() that repeat
this helper functionality manually.
Since this is not a bugfix, but a trivial cleanup, I
prepared this patch against net-2.6.25, but it also
applies (with a single offset) to the latest net-2.6.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Qdisc_class_ops are const, and Qdisc_ops are mostly read.
Using "const" and "__read_mostly" qualifiers helps to reduce false
sharing.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Policy table is implemented as an RCU linear list since we do not expect
large list nor frequent updates.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After changeset:
[NETFILTER]: Introduce NF_INET_ hook values
It always evaluates to NF_INET_POST_ROUTING.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IPv4 and IPv6 hook values are identical, yet some code tries to figure
out the "correct" value by looking at the address family. Introduce NF_INET_*
values for both IPv4 and IPv6. The old values are kept in a #ifndef __KERNEL__
section for userspace compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for async resumptions on input. To do so, the
transform would return -EINPROGRESS and subsequently invoke the
function xfrm_input_resume to resume processing.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The nhoff field isn't actually necessary in xfrm_input. For tunnel
mode transforms we now throw away the output IP header so it makes no
sense to fill in the nexthdr field. For transport mode we can now let
the function transport_finish do the setting and it knows where the
nexthdr field is.
The only other thing that needs the nexthdr field to be set is the
header extraction code. However, we can simply move the protocol
extraction out of the generic header extraction.
We want to minimise the amount of info we have to carry around between
transforms as this simplifies the resumption process for async crypto.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently x->lastused is u64 which means that it cannot be
read/written atomically on all architectures. David Miller observed
that the value stored in it is only an unsigned long which is always
atomic.
So based on his suggestion this patch changes the internal
representation from u64 to unsigned long while the user-interface
still refers to it as u64.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of the work on asynchronous cryptographic operations, we need
to be able to resume from the spot where they occur. As such, it
helps if we isolate them to one spot.
This patch moves most of the remaining family-specific processing into
the common input code.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for async resumptions on output. To do so,
the transform would return -EINPROGRESS and subsequently invoke the
function xfrm_output_resume to resume processing.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of the work on asynchrnous cryptographic operations, we need
to be able to resume from the spot where they occur. As such, it
helps if we isolate them to one spot.
This patch moves most of the remaining family-specific processing into
the common output code.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most callers of the LOCAL_OUT chain will set the IP packet length
before doing so. They also share the same output function dst_output.
This patch creates a new function called ip6_local_out which does all
of that and converts the appropriate users over to it.
Apart from removing duplicate code, it will also help in merging the
IPsec output path.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most callers of the LOCAL_OUT chain will set the IP packet length and
header checksum before doing so. They also share the same output
function dst_output.
This patch creates a new function called ip_local_out which does all
of that and converts the appropriate users over to it.
Apart from removing duplicate code, it will also help in merging the
IPsec output path once the same thing is done for IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With inter-family transforms the inner mode differs from the outer
mode. Attempting to handle both sides from the same function means
that it needs to handle both IPv4 and IPv6 which creates duplication
and confusion.
This patch separates the two parts on the input path so that each
function deals with one family only.
In particular, the functions xfrm4_extract_inut/xfrm6_extract_inut
moves the pertinent fields from the IPv4/IPv6 IP headers into a
neutral format stored in skb->cb. This is then used by the inner mode
input functions to modify the inner IP header. In this way the input
function no longer has to know about the outer address family.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With inter-family transforms the inner mode differs from the outer
mode. Attempting to handle both sides from the same function means
that it needs to handle both IPv4 and IPv6 which creates duplication
and confusion.
This patch separates the two parts on the output path so that each
function deals with one family only.
In particular, the functions xfrm4_extract_output/xfrm6_extract_output
moves the pertinent fields from the IPv4/IPv6 IP headers into a
neutral format stored in skb->cb. This is then used by the outer mode
output functions to write the outer IP header. In this way the output
function no longer has to know about the inner address family.
Since the extract functions are only called by tunnel modes (the only
modes that can support inter-family transforms), I've also moved the
xfrm*_tunnel_check_size calls into them. This allows the correct ICMP
message to be sent as opposed to now where you might call icmp_send
with an IPv6 packet and vice versa.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the prototype of ipv4_copy_dscp and ipv6_copy_dscp so
that they directly take the outer DSCP rather than the outer IP header.
This will help us to unify the code for inter-family tunnels.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Half of the code in xfrm4_bundle_create and xfrm6_bundle_create are
common. This patch extracts that logic and puts it into
xfrm_bundle_create. The rest of it are then accessed through afinfo.
As a result this fixes the problem with inter-family transforms where
we treat every xfrm dst in the bundle as if it belongs to the top
family.
This patch also fixes a long-standing error-path bug where we may free
the xfrm states twice.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves the flow construction from the callers of
xfrm_dst_lookup into that function. It also changes xfrm_dst_lookup
so that it takes an xfrm state as its argument instead of explicit
addresses.
This removes any address-specific logic from the callers of
xfrm_dst_lookup which is needed to correctly support inter-family
transforms.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The functions local_addr and remote_addr are more than what they're
needed for. The same thing can be done easily with flags on the type
object. This patch does that and simplifies the wrapper functions in
xfrm6_policy accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The file net/netevent.h only refers to struct dst_entry * so it
doesn't need to include dst.h. I've replaced it with a forward
declaration.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have a number of copies of dst_discard scattered around the place
which all do the same thing, namely free a packet on the input or
output paths.
This patch deletes all of them except dst_discard and points all the
users to it.
The only non-trivial bit is decnet where it returns an error.
However, conceptually this is identical to the blackhole functions
used in IPv4 and IPv6 which do not return errors. So they should
either all return errors or all return zero. For now I've stuck with
the majority and picked zero as the return value.
It doesn't really matter in practice since few if any driver would
react differently depending on a zero return value or NET_RX_DROP.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dst member nfheader_len is only used by IPv6. It's also currently
creating a rather ugly alignment hole in struct dst. Therefore this patch
moves it from there into struct rt6_info.
It also reorders the fields in rt6_info to minimize holes.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add raw drops counter for IPv4 in /proc/net/raw .
Signed-off-by: Wang Chen <wangchen@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An IPoIB subnet on an IB fabric that spans multiple IB subnets can't
use link-local scope in multicast GIDs. The existing routines that
map IP/IPv6 multicast addresses into IB link-level addresses hard-code
the scope to link-local, and they also leave the partition key field
uninitialised. This patch adds a parameter (the link-level broadcast
address) to the mapping routines, allowing them to initialise both the
scope and the P_Key appropriately, and fixes up the call sites.
The next step will be to add a way to configure the scope for an IPoIB
interface.
Signed-off-by: Rolf Manderscheid <rvm@obsidianresearch.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <rolandd@cisco.com>
It seems commit fda9ef5d67 introduced a RCU
protection for sk_filter(), without a rcu_dereference()
Either we need a rcu_dereference(), either a comment should explain why we
dont need it. I vote for the former.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
alg_key_len is the length in bits of the key, not in bytes.
Best way to fix this is to move alg_len() function from net/xfrm/xfrm_user.c
to include/net/xfrm.h, and to use it in xfrm_algo_clone()
alg_len() is renamed to xfrm_alg_len() because of its global exposition.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both NetLabel and SELinux (other LSMs may grow to use it as well) rely
on the 'iif' field to determine the receiving network interface of
inbound packets. Unfortunately, at present this field is not
preserved across a skb clone operation which can lead to garbage
values if the cloned skb is sent back through the network stack. This
patch corrects this problem by properly copying the 'iif' field in
__skb_clone() and removing the 'iif' field assignment from
skb_act_clone() since it is no longer needed.
Also, while we are here, put the assignments in the same order as the
offsets to reduce cacheline bounces.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The even should be called SCTP_AUTHENTICATION_INDICATION.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move veth.h from net/ to linux/ since it is a user api, and add it to
user header processing Kbuild.
[ Use header-y as suggested by Sam Ravnborg. -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some users do "modprobe ip_conntrack hashsize=...". Since we have the
module aliases this loads nf_conntrack_ipv4 and nf_conntrack, the
hashsize parameter is unknown for nf_conntrack_ipv4 however and makes
it fail.
Allow to specify hashsize= for both nf_conntrack and nf_conntrack_ipv4.
Note: the nf_conntrack message in the ringbuffer will display an
incorrect hashsize since nf_conntrack is first pulled in as a
dependency and calculates the size itself, then it gets changed
through a call to nf_conntrack_set_hashsize().
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During accept/migrate the code attempts to copy the addresses from
the parent endpoint to the new endpoint. However, if the parent
was bound to a wildcard address, then we end up pointlessly copying
all of the current addresses on the system.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_rt_advice has been gone, so no need to keep prototype and debug message.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP-AUTH requires selection of CRYPTO, HMAC and SHA1 since
SHA1 is a MUST requirement for AUTH. We also support SHA256,
but that's optional, so fix the code to treat it as such.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
The inet_ehash_locks_alloc() looks like this:
#ifdef CONFIG_NUMA
if (size > PAGE_SIZE)
x = vmalloc(...);
else
#endif
x = kmalloc(...);
Unlike it, the inet_ehash_locks_alloc() looks like this:
#ifdef CONFIG_NUMA
if (size > PAGE_SIZE)
vfree(x);
else
#else
kfree(x);
#endif
The error is obvious - if the NUMA is on and the size
is less than the PAGE_SIZE we leak the pointer (kfree is
inside the #else branch).
Compiler doesn't warn us because after the kfree(x) there's
a "x = NULL" assignment, so here's another (minor?) bug: we
don't set x to NULL under certain circumstances.
Boring explanation, I know... Patch explains it better.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
if (net_ratelimit())
IEEE80211_DEBUG_DROP(...)
can pollute the logs with messages like:
printk: 1 messages suppressed.
printk: 2 messages suppressed.
printk: 7 messages suppressed.
if debugging information is disabled. These messages are printed by
net_ratelimit(). Add a wrapper to net_ratelimit() that takes into account
the log level, so that net_ratelimit() is called only when we really want
to print something.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Chazarain <guichaz@yahoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the abstraction functions got added, conversion here was
made incorrectly. As a result, the skb may end up pointing
to skb which got included to the probe skb and then was freed.
For it to trigger, however, skb_transmit must fail sending as
well.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Jrvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch the remaining IPVS sysctl entries over to to use CTL_UNNUMBERED,
I stronly doubt that anyone is using the sys_sysctl interface to
these variables.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sysctl table check failed: /net/ipv4/vs/lblc_expiration .3.5.21.19 Missing strategy
[...]
sysctl table check failed: /net/ipv4/vs/lblcr_expiration .3.5.21.20 Missing strategy
Switch these entried over to use CTL_UNNUMBERED as clearly
the sys_syscal portion wasn't working.
This is along the same lines as Christian Borntraeger's patch that fixes
up entries with no stratergy in net/ipv4/ipvs/ip_vs_ctl.c
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Running the latest git code I get the following messages during boot:
sysctl table check failed: /net/ipv4/vs/drop_entry .3.5.21.4 Missing strategy
[...]
sysctl table check failed: /net/ipv4/vs/drop_packet .3.5.21.5 Missing strategy
[...]
sysctl table check failed: /net/ipv4/vs/secure_tcp .3.5.21.6 Missing strategy
[...]
sysctl table check failed: /net/ipv4/vs/sync_threshold .3.5.21.24 Missing strategy
I removed the binary sysctl handler for those messages and also removed
the definitions in ip_vs.h. The alternative would be to implement a
proper strategy handler, but syscall sysctl is deprecated.
There are other sysctl definitions that are commented out or work with
the default sysctl_data strategy. I did not touch these.
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Indeed my previous change to alloc_pskb has made it possible
for the TCP header to be misaligned iff the MTU is not a multiple
of 4 (and less than a page). So I suspect the optimised IPsec
MTU calculation is giving you just such an MTU :)
This patch fixes it by changing alloc_pskb to make sure that
the size is at least 32-bit aligned. This does not cause the
problem fixed by the previous patch because max_header is always
32-bit aligned which means that in the SG/NOTSO case this will
be a no-op.
I thought about putting this in the callers but all the current
callers are from TCP. If and when we get a non-TCP caller we
can always create a TCP wrapper for this function and move the
alignment over there.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The request_sock_queue's listen_opt is either vmalloc-ed or
kmalloc-ed depending on the number of table entries. Thus it
is expected to be handled properly on free, which is done in
the reqsk_queue_destroy().
However the error path in inet_csk_listen_start() calls
the lite version of reqsk_queue_destroy, called
__reqsk_queue_destroy, which calls the kfree unconditionally.
Fix this and move the __reqsk_queue_destroy into a .c file as
it looks too big to be inline.
As David also noticed, this is an error recovery path only,
so no locking is required and the lopt is known to be not NULL.
reqsk_queue_yank_listen_sk is also now only used in
net/core/request_sock.c so we should move it there too.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We round up the header size in sk_stream_alloc_pskb so that
TSO packets get zero tail room. Unfortunately this rounding
up is not coordinated with the select_size() function used by
TCP to calculate the second parameter of sk_stream_alloc_pskb.
As a result, we may allocate more than a page of data in the
non-TSO case when exactly one page is desired.
In fact, rounding up the head room is detrimental in the non-TSO
case because it makes memory that would otherwise be available to
the payload head room. TSO doesn't need this either, all it wants
is the guarantee that there is no tail room.
So this patch fixes this by adjusting the skb_reserve call so that
exactly the requested amount (which all callers have calculated in
a precise way) is made available as tail room.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch reverts Eric's commit 2b008b0a8e
It diets .text & .data section of the kernel if CONFIG_NET_NS is not set.
This is safe after list operations cleanup.
Signed-of-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The inetpeer.c tracks the LRU list of inet_perr-s, but makes
it by hands. Use the list_head-s for this.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a small memory leak. Default fib rules can be deleted by
the user if the rule does not carry FIB_RULE_PERMANENT flag, f.e. by
ip rule flush
Such a rule will not be freed as the ref-counter has 2 on start and becomes
clearly unreachable after removal.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This counter is _always_ modified under the unix_gc_lock spinlock,
so its atomicity can be provided w/o additional efforts.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver operations set_ieee8021x(), set_port_auth() and
set_privacy_invoked() are not used by any drivers, except
set_privacy_invoked() they aren't even used by mac80211.
Remove them at least until we need to support drivers with
mac80211 that require getting this information.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows a driver to ask for a specific rate control algorithm.
The rate control algorithm asked for must be registered and be
available as a module or built-in.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are many places that get the dst entry, increase the
__use counter and set the "lastuse" time stamp.
Make a helper for this.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP-AUTH and future ADD-IP updates have a requirement to
do additional verification of parameters and an ability to
ABORT the association if verification fails. So, introduce
additional return code so that we can clear signal a required
action.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
